More annual reports from Align Technology:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Align Technology:
SmileDirectClubUNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________________________________________________________________
 ________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
☐
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
For the transition period from                     to                    
Commission file number: 000-32259
________________________________________________________________________
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________________________________________________________
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
94-3267295
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300
Tempe, Arizona 85288
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(602) 742-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
________________________________________________________________________
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
ALGN
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past
90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging
growth  company.  See  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  
☒
☐
Accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Act. ☐
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect
the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of
the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $13.7 billion as of June 30, 2023 based on the
closing  sale  price  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  on  such  date.  Shares  held  by  persons  who  may  be  deemed  affiliates  have  been
excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
On February 22, 2024, 75,104,132 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2024 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after
the registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2023 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
1
 
 
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I  
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures
Business
Information about our Executive Officers
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Page
3
3
20
20
35
35
36
36
36
37
37
38
38
50
52
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
90
92
92
95
96
Invisalign,  Align,  the  Invisalign  logo,  ClinCheck,  Invisalign  Assist,  Invisalign  Teen,  Invisalign  First,  Invisalign  Go,  the  Invisalign  sonic  logo,  Vivera,
SmartForce,  SmartTrack,  SmartStage,  SmileView,  iTero,  iTero  Element,  iTero  Lumina,  exocad,  Align  Digital  Platform,  Smile  Architect,  iTero  exocad
Connector and exocad Dental CAD, among others, are trademarks and/or service marks of Align Technology, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliated
companies and may be registered in the United States and/or other countries.
2
 
 
 
 
In addition to historical information, this annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities  Act  of  1933  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  statements  include,  among  other  things,  our  expectations  and
intentions regarding our strategic objectives and the means to achieve them, our beliefs and expectations regarding macroeconomic conditions, including
inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, rising interest rates, market volatility, weakness in general economic conditions and recessions and the
impact  of  efforts  by  central  banks  and  federal,  state  and  local  governments  to  combat  inflation  and  recession,  our  expectations  and  beliefs  regarding
customer and consumer purchasing behavior and changes in consumer spending habits, our expectations regarding product mix and product adoption, our
expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete in our target markets, our expectations regarding the sales growth of our intraoral scanners,
clear aligners and other products, our expectations regarding the impact of the military conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and our operations and
assets in Israel and Russia, our marketing and efforts to build our brand awareness, our estimates regarding the size and opportunities of the markets we
are targeting along with our expectations for growth in those markets, our beliefs regarding the impact of technological innovation in general, and in our
solutions and products in particular, on target markets and patient care, our beliefs regarding digital dentistry and its potential to impact our business, our
intentions  regarding  expanding  our  business,  including  its  impact  on  our  operational  flexibility  and  responsiveness  to  customer  demand,  our  beliefs
regarding the importance of our manufacturing operations on our success, our beliefs regarding the need for and benefits of our technological development
on  Invisalign  treatment,  the  areas  of  development  in  which  we  focus  our  efforts,  and  the  advantages  of  our  intellectual  property  portfolio,  our  beliefs
regarding our business strategy and growth drivers, our expectations regarding the utilization rates for our products, including the impact of marketing on
those rates and causes for periodic fluctuations of the rates, our expectations regarding the existence and impact of seasonality, our expectations regarding
the  productivity  impact  sales  representatives  will  have  on  our  sales  and  the  impact  of  specialization  of  those  representatives  in  sales  channels,  our
expectations regarding the continued expansion of our international markets and their growth, our expectations regarding staying in compliance with laws
and  regulations  currently  applicable  to,  or  which  may  become  applicable  to,  our  business  both  in  the  United  States  and  internationally,  our  beliefs
regarding  our  culture  and  commitment  and  its  impact  on  our  financial  and  operational  performance  and  its  importance  to  our  future  success,  our
expectations  for  future  investments  in  and  benefits  from  sales  and  marketing  activities,  our  preparedness  and  our  customers’  preparedness  to  react  to
changing circumstances and demand, our expectations for our expenses and capital obligations and expenditures in particular, our intentions to control
spending and for investments, our intentions regarding the investment of our international earnings from operations, our belief regarding the sufficiency of
our  cash  and  investment  balances  and  borrowing  capacity,  our  judgments  regarding  the  estimates  used  in  our  revenue  recognition  and  assessment  of
goodwill and intangible assets, our expectations regarding our tax positions and the judgements we make related to our tax obligations, our predicted level
of  operating  expenses  and  gross  margins  and  other  factors  beyond  our  control,  as  well  as  other  statements  regarding  our  future  operations,  financial
condition and prospects and business strategies. These statements may contain words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,”
“estimates,”  or  other  words  indicating  future  results.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause
actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include,
but are not limited to, those discussed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in
particular,  the  risks  discussed  below  in  Part  I,  Item  1A  “Risk  Factors.”  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  revise  or  update  these  forward-looking
statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
Business.
Our Company
PART I
TM
TM
Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of
Invisalign®  clear  aligners  for  the  treatment  of  malocclusions,  or  the  misalignment  of  teeth,  by  orthodontists  and  general  dental  practitioners  (“GPs”),
  retainers  for  retention,  iTero   intraoral  scanners  and  services  for  dentistry,  and  exocad   computer-aided  design  and  computer-aided
Vivera
manufacturing  (“CAD/CAM”)  software  for  dental  laboratories  and  dental  practitioners.  Our  vision  and  strategy  is  to  revolutionize  orthodontic  and
restorative  dentistry  through  digital  treatment  planning  and  implementation  using  our  Align  Digital  Platform ,  an  integrated  suite  of  proprietary
technologies  and  services  designed  to  deliver  a  seamless,  end-to-end  solution  for  patients,  consumers,  orthodontists,  GPs  and  lab  partners.  We  strive  to
achieve  our  vision  and  strategy  through  key  objectives  made  possible  with  the  proprietary  technologies  and  services  of  the  Align  Digital  Platform  to
establish:  clear  aligners  as  the  principal  solution  for  the  treatment  of  malocclusions  with  the  Invisalign  system  as  the  treatment  solution  of  choice  by
orthodontists, GPs and patients globally, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans and our exocad CAD/CAM
software as the dental restorative solution of choice for dental labs.
TM
TM
Align’s corporate headquarters are located at 410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300, Tempe, Arizona 85288. Our telephone number is 602-742-2000.
Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our Americas regional headquarters is located
3
 
in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.; our European, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland; and our
Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore.
We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner and (2) Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services (“Systems and Services”). For the year ended
December  31,  2023,  Clear  Aligner  net  revenues  represented  approximately  83%  of  worldwide  net  revenues,  while  Systems  and  Services  net  revenues
represented  the  remaining  17%.  We  sell  the  majority  of  our  products  directly  through  a  dedicated  and  specialized  sales  force  to  our  customers:
orthodontists,  GPs,  including  prosthodontists,  periodontists,  oral  surgeons  and  dental  laboratories.  We  also  sell  through  sales  agents  and  distributors  in
certain countries. In addition, we sell directly to Dental Support Organizations (“DSOs”) who contract with dental practices to provide critical business
management  and  support  including  non-clinical  operations.  We  also  sell  our  products  to  dental  laboratories  who  use  our  products  to  manufacture  or
customize  their  own  products  for  licensed  dentists.  We  also  market  and  sell  doctor  and  consumer  accessory  products  complementary  to  our  doctor-
prescribed principal products under the Invisalign® and other brands, including retainers, dental supplies, clear aligner cases (clamshells), teeth whitening
products  and  cleaning  solutions  (collectively  “Invisalign  Accessory  Products”).  Depending  on  the  product,  our  Invisalign  Accessory  Products  are  sold
through  a  variety  of  channels,  including  online  through  large  e-commerce  websites,  our  doctor  portal  and  in-store  through  large  retailers  and  pharmacy
stores.
Our clear aligners are sold under the Invisalign® brand name. Our Invisalign system is intended mainly for the treatment of malocclusions and is
designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes they expect and the results patients desire. To date, approximately 17 million people
worldwide  have  been  treated  with  the  Invisalign  system.  In  order  to  provide  Invisalign  treatment  to  their  patients,  orthodontists  and  GPs  must  initially
complete  an  Invisalign  training  course.  Our  iTero  intraoral  scanner  is  used  by  dental  professionals  and/or  labs  and  service  providers  for  restorative  and
orthodontic  digital  procedures  as  well  as  Invisalign  case  submissions.  Our  exocad  CAD/CAM  software  products  provide  restorative  dentistry,
implantology,  guided  surgery,  and  smile  design  to  dental  labs  and  dental  practices  through  fully  integrated  workflows,  with  the  goal  to  provide  cross-
disciplinary dentistry in labs and at chairside.
Our Products, Services and Technologies
Align Digital Platform
TM
We  strive  to  be  at  the  forefront  of  innovation  in  digital  orthodontics  and  dentistry,  helping  doctors  transform  their  practices  using  digital  tools  and
technology  to  deliver  great  treatment  experiences  and  outcomes  to  people  worldwide.  The  Align  Digital  Platform  is  the  foundation  of  our  goal  to
revolutionize  the  practice  of  dentistry,  delivering  interconnected,  interdisciplinary  workflows  and  treatment  solutions  designed  to  improve  all  aspects  of
treatment, from initial consultations to final smiles with our doctor-centered treatment model. The Align Digital Platform is an end-to-end digital platform
that combines software, systems and services to seamlessly integrate and connect those critical to successful treatment outcomes – doctors, labs, patients,
and consumers. At the center of the Align Digital Platform are Invisalign clear aligners, iTero intraoral scanners, and exocad CAD/CAM software.
The  Align  Digital  Platform  utilizes  the  Align   Digital  Workflow  to  enable  an  end-to-end  treatment  experience  that  includes  the  following  key
TM
components:
4
•
• Connect: The initial stage of the platform drives consumer demand and connects potential patients to our websites and the websites of Invisalign
providers.  Some  of  the  tools  that  support  this  stage  are  Invisalign.com,  the  Invisalign  SmileView   tool,  My  Invisalign  app,  Doctor  Locator,
Invisalign® Practice App, Invisalign® Doctor Estimate and Invisalign® Virtual Appointment.
Scan:  During  this  stage,  patient  data  is  captured  through  intraoral  scanning.  Doctors  and  their  staffs  use  intraoral  scanning  tools  designed  to
support diagnosis of a patient’s oral conditions and health and support doctors to develop appropriate treatment pathways. Visualization of their
potential smiles helps patients understand the benefits of treatment and increase patient conversion. The tools that support this stage, include, iTero
scanners and imaging systems, Invisalign Outcome Simulator Pro, Invisalign® Photo Uploader, Invisalign SmileView  tool, iTero Element
5D
TM
.
auto upload feature, iTero  Scan Report and iTero exocad Connector
TM 
TM
TM
TM
•
TM
• Diagnose: Doctors can access and use tools that support diagnosis of a patient’s oral health and develop an appropriate treatment pathway. The
Align Digital Platform facilitates the doctor-patient conversation, through education regarding clinical needs and setting expectations. Some of the
tools  that  support  this  stage  include  Align   Oral  Health  Suite,  iTero   NIRI  technology  (Near  Infra-Red  Imaging),  iTero   TimeLapse
technology and iTero Occlusogram.
Plan: Doctors digitally visualize and plan orthodontic and restorative treatments. Orthodontists and GPs can use our products to design, build and
share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach the desired outcomes. Orthodontists and GPs
can use our products to design, build and share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach
desired outcomes. Some of the tools that support this stage are ClinCheck Pro® 6.0, ClinCheck® In-Face Visualization, ClinCheck® Live Update,
 and exocad
Invisalign® Practice App, Invisalign® Personalized Plan, CBCT integration for ClinCheck® software, Invisalign Smile Architect
Dental CAD  software.
Treat:  During  this  stage,  doctors  treat  their  patients  with  our  Invisalign®  clear  aligners  and  may  offer  teeth  whitening  using  the  Invisalign
Professional Whitening System.
TM
TM
TM
TM
TM
•
• Monitor: Doctors can remotely track their patients’ treatment between visits, and orthodontists and GPs can more easily track treatment progress
and communicate issues, results and recommendations to their patients. Some of the tools that support this stage include Invisalign® Virtual Care
app, My Invisalign  app, Invisalign Doctor Site, Invisalign® Practice App, Invisalign Progress Assessment and iTero  scanners.
TM
TM
• Retain: Following completion of their orthodontic treatment, patients can retain the final position of their teeth using Vivera
TM
 retainers.
As we further evolve the treatment planning experience for doctors through new technological research and development innovations, we expect to
introduce new technologies, features and functionality that improve personalization of treatment planning, predictability, clinical preferences, and 2D/3D
imaging, including digital tools for faster and more accurate final tooth positions. In 2023, we launched several new products and technologies that further
enhance the Align Digital Platform, including the enhanced precision wings for Invisalign treatment with mandibular advancement, the Invisalign® Palatal
Expander  system,  the  SmartForce™  attachment-free  clear  aligner  activation  feature,  the  Plan  Editor  in  ClinCheck®  treatment  planning  software,  the
Align™ Oral Health Suite, iTero-exocad Connector™, exoplan 3.1 Rijeka, ChairsideCAD 3.1 Rijeka, PartialCAD 3.1 Rijeka, and Invisalign™ Lens.
Clear Aligner Segment
Malocclusion and Traditional Orthodontic Treatment
Malocclusion is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions in the world, affecting approximately 60% to 75% of the global population. We
estimate  that  there  are  approximately  600  million  people  globally  with  malocclusion  who  could  benefit  from  straightening  their  teeth.  However,  most
people  afflicted  by  malocclusion  do  not  seek  orthodontic  treatment  for  various  reasons,  including  negative  perceptions  of  metal  braces,  affordability  of
treatment, and accessibility to doctors. Annually, only approximately 22 million people globally elect treatment by orthodontists. Today, most orthodontic
patients continue to have their malocclusions treated with the use of traditional corrective methods such as metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as
braces, augmented with elastics, metal expanders, headgear or functional appliances, and other ancillary
5
 
devices as needed. Upon completion of a patient’s treatment, their dental professional may recommend the patient use a retainer appliance to preserve the
benefits of their treatment. Of the 22 million cases started each year, we estimate that almost all can be treated using our Invisalign system, yet our share of
the 22 million case starts through orthodontists is approximately 10% globally. This represents a significant growth opportunity for us to increase our share
of  the  existing  market  of  orthodontic  case  starts,  especially  among  teens,  and  expand  the  market  for  digital  orthodontics,  especially  among  adults.  By
training more doctors, including GPs as well as orthodontists, increasing utilization of existing doctors using our products, educating more consumers about
the benefits of straighter teeth using the Invisalign system and connecting consumers with an Invisalign-trained doctor of their choice, we are helping drive
adoption of digital orthodontics and restorative dentistry globally.
The Invisalign System
The Invisalign system is a proprietary method for treating malocclusion based on a proprietary computer-simulated virtual treatment plan and a series
of  doctor-prescribed,  custom  manufactured,  clear  polymer  removable  aligners.  We  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the  United  States  (“U.S.”)  Food  and
Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign system in 1998. The Invisalign system offers a range of treatment options, specialized services, and
access to proprietary software for treatment visualization and is comprised of the following phases:
Diagnosis and transmission of treatment data. As part of the Align™ Digital Workflow, Align has developed solutions to enable doctor diagnosis and
drive  patient  conversion  –  providing  tools  to  support  diagnosis  of  a  patients’  oral  health  and  support  to  identify  an  appropriate  treatment  pathway,
facilitating  the  doctor-patient  conversation,  education  and  clinical  needs  and  expectations.  An  Invisalign  trained  dental  professional  prepares  an  online
prescription form on our Invisalign Doctor Site and securely submits the patient's records, which include a digital intraoral scan or a polyvinyl-siloxane
(“PVS”)  impression  of  the  relevant  dental  arches,  photographs  of  the  patient  and,  at  the  dental  professional’s  election,  x-rays  of  the  patient’s  dentition.
Intraoral digital scans may be submitted through Align’s iTero scanner or certain third-party scanners capable of accurately interfacing with our systems
and processes. Globally, more than 91% of Invisalign system prescription orders are now submitted via digital scan, increasing the accuracy of treatment
plans, reducing the time from when the doctor submits the prescription to the time the patient receives the clear aligners, and helping to decrease the carbon
footprint resulting from elimination of the initial or upfront shipment of the patient’s PVS impressions to the doctors and shipping those PVS impressions
back to us.
Computer-simulated treatment plan. Our ClinCheck® treatment planning software is the cornerstone of the Align Digital Platform. ClinCheck Pro
treatment planning software uses proprietary algorithms based on the insights from data from our more than 17 million patients treated worldwide. Using
the digital scans or PVS impressions, certain doctor preferences and digital data provided, we generate a proposed custom, three-dimensional treatment
plan,  called  a  ClinCheck®  treatment  plan,  using  proprietary  software  developed  through  significant,  ongoing  research  and  development  investments
spanning more than two decades. A patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan simulates desired tooth movement in stages and details the timing and placement of
any features or attachments to be used during treatment. Attachments are tooth-colored shapes that are sometimes used to increase the biomechanical force
on a specific tooth or teeth in order to affect the desired movement(s).
Review  and  approval  of  the  treatment  plan  by  an  Invisalign  trained  doctor.  The  patient’s  ClinCheck  treatment  plan  is  then  made  available  to  the
prescribing dental professional via Align’s Invisalign Doctor Site, enabling the dental professional to evaluate projected tooth movement from initial to
final position and compare multiple treatment plan options. By reviewing, modifying as needed and approving the treatment plan, the dental professional
retains control of the patient’s treatment.
Manufacture of custom clear aligners. Following the dental professional’s approval of a ClinCheck treatment plan, we use the data underlying the
simulation as input in which we use stereolithography technology (a form of 3D printing technology) to construct a series of molds. Each mold is a replica
of  the  patient’s  teeth  at  each  stage  of  the  simulated  course  of  treatment.  From  these  molds,  clear  aligners  are  fabricated  by  pressure-forming  polymeric
sheets over each mold. Clear aligners are thin, clear polymer, removable dental appliances that are custom manufactured in a series designed to correspond
to each stage of the patient's ClinCheck treatment plan.
Shipment to the dental professional and patient clear aligner wear. Once manufactured, all the clear aligners for a patient's doctor-approved treatment
plan are typically shipped directly to the dental professional. The majority of doctors then dispense all of the clear aligners to the patient. Clear aligners are
generally worn for one week or for a short period of time corresponding to the stages of the patient’s approved ClinCheck treatment plan and their doctor’s
discretion. The patient replaces their current set of clear aligners with the next pair in the series when prescribed, advancing tooth movement through each
stage. At various points in each patient’s treatment, their doctor may place attachments or use other auxiliaries to achieve desired tooth movements, per the
doctor’s original prescription and the approved ClinCheck treatment plan. Additionally, for patients treated using many of our Invisalign system products,
doctors have the option to order additional clear aligners for refinements.
6
Clear Aligner Products
We offer our Invisalign system in a variety of treatment packages designed to correspond with the case-by-case treatment needs of our doctors and
their patients and also designed on nonclinical needs. The table below provides a general description of the categories of Invisalign system products offered
in various regions as they typically correspond to the severity of malocclusion and length of anticipated treatment.
Malocclusion
Very Mild
Moderate
Severe
Product
Invisalign® Express
Package
Invisalign® Lite Package
Invisalign Go™ Limited
Movement (GP)
Treatment Stages*
7
14
20
Clinical Scope
Relapse and minor
movement, anterior esthetic
alignment
Class I, mild
crowding/spacing, non-
extraction, pre-restorative
* The number of stages can vary by product and region.
Class I, no anterior /
posterior correction, mild to
moderate crowding,
spacing, non-extraction,
pre-restorative Tooth
movement from 2nd
premolar to 2nd premolar
(5x5)
Invisalign® Moderate
Packages (& Invisalign
Go™ Plus)
20-26
Class I, mild Class II, mild
to moderate
crowding/spacing, mild
anterior / posterior and
vertical discrepancies, pre-
restorative, (Go Plus tooth
movement from 1st molar to
1st molar (6X6))
Invisalign® Comprehensive
Packages
As many as required
Class I, II, III, moderate to
severe crowding/spacing,
anterior / posterior and
vertical discrepancies,
extractions, complex pre-
restorative
Most of our Invisalign system products described above provide dental professionals with the option to order additional clear aligners if the patient's
treatment deviates from the original treatment plan. The number and timing of additional clear aligner orders are subject to certain requirements noted in
our terms and conditions.
Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:
Invisalign Comprehensive Packages. The Invisalign Comprehensive Package is used to treat adults and teens over a wide spectrum of mild to severe
malocclusion and contains a broad variety of features to address the desired treatment goals. It also addresses the frequently complex orthodontic needs of
teenage or younger patients with advanced features such as mandibular advancement, compliance indicators and compensation for tooth eruption. These
 Phase 1 and Invisalign First
packages include Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First
 Comprehensive Phase 2. 
TM
TM
Invisalign First Phase 1 and Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2 Packages. Invisalign First Phase 1 Package is designed specifically for younger
patients  generally  between  the  ages  of  six  and  ten  years,  who  frequently  have  a  mixture  of  primary/baby  and  permanent  teeth.  Invisalign  First  Phase  1
treatment provides early interceptive orthodontic treatment, traditionally done through arch expansion, or partial metal braces, before all permanent teeth
have erupted. Invisalign First Phase 1 clear aligners are designed specifically to address a wide range of younger patients' malocclusions, including shorter
clinical  crowns,  management  of  erupting  dentition  and  predictable  dental  arch  expansion.  Our  Invisalign  First  Comprehensive  Phase  2  Package
complements Invisalign First Phase 1 and is generally consistent with our Invisalign Comprehensive Package. After a patient completes Invisalign First
Phase 1, doctors have the option to purchase a Comprehensive Phase 2 Package for that same patient.
In the first quarter of 2023, we launched the Invisalign Comprehensive 3in3 product. The 3in3 configuration offers doctors Invisalign Comprehensive
treatment with a three-year treatment expiration date and three additional clear aligners included prior to the treatment expiration date, instead of a five-
year  treatment  expiration  date  with  unlimited  additional  clear  aligner  sets  prior  to  the  treatment  end  date.  Invisalign  Comprehensive  3in3  product  is
available in North America and in certain markets in EMEA and APAC, most recently launching in China, Korea, Hong Kong and Taiwan.
Non-Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:
Invisalign  Non-comprehensive  Packages.  We  offer  a  variety  of  lower  priced  treatment  packages  for  less  complex  orthodontic  cases,  non-
comprehensive  relapse  cases,  or  teeth  straightening  prior  to  restorative  or  cosmetic  treatments,  such  as  veneers.  These  treatment  packages  include
Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, and Invisalign® Moderate. These packages may be offered in select countries and/or may differ from region to region.
7
Invisalign  Doctor  Subscription  Program  (“DSP”)  is  our  monthly  subscription-based  clear  aligner  program  which  includes  retainers  and  low-stage
“touch-up” clear aligner treatment. As of September 31, 2023, Invisalign DSP touch-up cases have been reclassified to non-comprehensive cases and are
now reflected in our reported case volumes and metrics. Prior to this quarter, they were reported in the non-case category. DSP is currently available in the
U.S., Canada, Iberia, Nordics and, most recently in the UK.
Invisalign  Go  Packages.  In  various  markets  we  also  offer  Invisalign  Go ,  Invisalign  Go   Express  and  Invisalign  Go  Plus,  streamlined  Non-
Comprehensive packages designed for GPs to more easily identify and treat patients with mild malocclusion. The Invisalign Go and Invisalign Go Plus
packages include case assessment support, simplified ClinCheck treatment plans and a progress assessment feature for case monitoring.
TM
TM
Non-Case Products:
Clear  aligner  non-case  products  include  retention  products,  Invisalign  training,  adjusting  tools  used  by  dental  professionals  during  the  course  of
treatment, ancillary Invisalign Accessory Products and other oral health products available in certain e-commerce and retail channels in the U.S.
Retention. We offer up to four sets of custom clear aligners called Vivera retainers made with proprietary material strong enough to maintain tooth
position and correct minor relapse, if necessary, as well as Invisalign retainers. Retainers are generally available for doctors to offer to any of their patients,
whether they use the Invisalign system or other products, including wires and brackets. In select markets, we also offer single set retainers.
Invisalign Professional Whitening System. Additionally, we offer a professional whitening system using Ultradent’s Opalescence PF whitening system
with Vivera retainers.
New Products/Feature Enhancement
Invisalign®  Palatal  Expander.  In  December  2023,  we  received  510(k)  clearance  in  the  U.S.  for  the  Invisalign  Palatal  Expanders.The  Invisalign
Palatal Expander System is intended for use in rapid expansion and subsequent holding of skeletal and/or dental narrow maxilla (upper jaw) with primary,
mixed, or permanent dentition during patient treatment. It provides an alternative to traditional palatal expanders that require the daily manual turning of a
screw in the device in the mouth to achieve expansion. The Invisalign Palatal Expander is our first direct 3D printed orthodontic device. Combined with
Invisalign  First™  aligners,  Invisalign  Palatal  Expanders  provide  doctors  with  a  full  early  intervention  treatment  solution  such  as  Phase  1  or  early
interceptive treatment, traditionally done through arch expanders or partial metal braces, before all permanent teeth have erupted. The Invisalign Palatal
Expander is currently available on a limited basis in Canada and the U.S.
In  January  2024,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Cubicure  GmbH  (“Cubicure”),  a  company  that  develops,  produces  and  distributes  innovative
materials, equipment and processes for novel 3D printing solutions. Cubicure’s patented Hot Lithography technology uses a special heating and coating
mechanism that enables the processing of highly viscous resins to produce tough and temperature-resistant polymers. We believe that the acquisition of
Cubicure  will  support  our  long-term  growth  strategy  by  enabling  us  to  scale  our  3D  printing  operations  to  eventually  direct  print  millions  of  custom
appliances per day. We expect the acquisition of Cubicure will ultimately extend and scale our printing, materials and manufacturing capabilities for our 3D
printed products while concurrently materially reducing the amount of resin used in our manufacturing process.
Smart Technology: SmartTrack
, SmartForce
TM
TM 
and SmartStage
TM
Smart  technology  is  applied  in  the  development  of  Invisalign  treatments  and  leads  to  a  more  precise  control  of  individual  and  multiple  tooth
movements. We use a force driven system in our Invisalign treatments such that the next clear aligner is shaped so that when inserted, the clear aligner
stretches and applies the desired forces to the surface of the tooth, resulting in the desired tooth movement. Smart technology allows us to find the right
thickness,  the  right  elasticity,  and  the  right  force  application  over  a  period  of  time.  Smart  technology  includes  the  use  of  SmartTrack,  SmartForce  and
SmartStage Technology.
SmartTrack. SmartTrack clear aligner material is a patented, custom-engineered Invisalign clear aligner material that delivers gentle, more constant
force considered ideal for orthodontic tooth movements. Conventional clear aligner materials relax and lose a substantial percentage of the force applied in
the initial days of wear. SmartTrack material maintains more constant force over time. The flexible SmartTrack material also more precisely conforms to
tooth morphology, attachments and interproximal spaces to improve control of tooth movement throughout treatment.
SmartForce. SmartForce attachments are small tooth-colored shapes that are attached to teeth before or during Invisalign treatment. Invisalign clear
aligners fit smoothly and tightly around the attachments and give the clear aligners something to
8
gently push on. SmartForce attachments make complex tooth movements possible without braces by helping clear aligners apply the right amount of force
in the right direction.
SmartStage Technology. SmartStage is an advanced algorithm that determines the optimal path of tooth movement and the shape of the clear aligner
at every stage of an Invisalign treatment. The programming determines tooth movement in a certain sequence, at the right time to achieve optimal outcomes
with greater predictability and fewer undesirable interferences.
Systems and Services Segment
Intraoral scanning is a rapidly evolving technology substantially impacting the practice of dentistry. By enabling the dental practitioner to create a 3D
image (digital scan) of a patient's teeth using a handheld intraoral scanner, digital scanning is faster, more efficient, precise and comfortable for patients.
Beginning patient care with the early use of our iTero intraoral scanners and combining the results with digital workflows designed to assist doctors and
patients visualize and evaluate various treatment options with detailed imagery and CAD/CAM solutions is helping patients decide to undergo treatment
and  improve  treatment  outcomes  and  satisfaction.  The  accuracy  of  digitally  scanned  models  substantially  reduces  the  rate  of  restoration  "remakes,"
meaning  patients  are  recalled  less  often  and  the  appointment  time  for  the  restoration  is  shorter  because  of  fewer  adjustments,  increasing  overall  patient
satisfaction. Digital models also reduce the carbon footprint associated with the shipping of the materials used to create PVS impressions, the shipping of
those impressions and their disposal. Moreover, the digital model file can be used for various procedures and services including fabrication of physical
dental models for use by labs to create restorative units such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implant abutments; digital records storage; aid
to caries detection; orthodontic diagnosis; orthodontic retainers and appliances; and Invisalign digital impression submission.
iTero Scanner. The iTero Element™ portfolio of intraoral scanners includes the iTero Element™ 2, the iTero Element™ Flex, iTero Element™ 5D
Imaging System, iTero Element™ Plus Series and the iTero Lumina™ which are each available in select regions and countries. These products build on the
existing high precision, full-color imaging and fast scan times of the iTero Element portfolio and are available with software options for orthodontic and
restorative procedures. The iTero scanner is interoperable with our Invisalign system such that a full arch or full mouth digital scan can be submitted as part
of the Invisalign system prescription order submission process.
Our iTero Element 5D Imaging System is the first integrated dental imaging system that simultaneously records 3D, intraoral color camera images,
near infrared imaging (“NIRI”) technology and enables comparison over time using the iTero™ TimeLapse technology. NIRI technology, included in our
iTero Element 5D and 5D Plus Imaging Systems, aids in detection and monitoring of interproximal caries lesions above the gingiva without using harmful
radiation.  The  iTero  Element  5D  Imaging  System  is  available  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  China,  and  the  majority  of  EMEA  and  select  APAC  and  LATAM
countries and is pending regulatory approval in others. We received 510(k) clearance in the U.S. for the caries detection feature of the iTero Element 5D in
2020. The iTero Element Plus Series of intraoral scanners and imaging systems offers restorative and orthodontic digital workflows that include enhanced
visualization  for  optimized  patient  experience,  including  a  fully  integrated  3D  intraoral  camera  in  certain  models,  seamless  scanning  with  reduced
processing time, artificial intelligence-based features, and, in certain models, NIRI technology.
Our  iTero  Element  scanners  are  offered  in  a  number  of  software  configurations  such  as  Ortho  Comprehensive,  Restorative  Comprehensive  and
Restorative Foundation. These software packages are included in the price of the scanner and have a service period of 1 to 5 years. They enable various
orthodontic and restorative workflows as well as provide other applications, including Invisalign® Outcome Simulator, Invisalign Case Assessment tool,
Invisalign  Progress  Assessment  tool,  and  iTero  TimeLapse  technology.  Our  iTero  software  is  designed  for  orthodontists  for  digital  records  storage,
orthodontic diagnosis, and for the fabrication of printed models and retainers. Our Restorative software is designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists
and  oral  surgeons  and  includes  restorative  workflows  providing  the  ability  to  send  digital  impressions  to  the  lab  of  their  choice  and  communicate
seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling and laboratory CAD/CAM systems such as through our iTero-
exocad Connector
TM
.
In January 2024, we launched the iTero Lumina intraoral scanner. The iTero Lumina intraoral scanner is designed with iTero Multi-Direct Capture
TM
technology  that  we  believe  quickly,  easily,  and  accurately  captures  more  data  while  delivering  exceptional  scan  quality  and  photorealistic  images  that
eliminate the need for intraoral photos altogether. iTero Multi-Direct Capture replaces the confocal imaging technology in earlier intraoral scanner models.
It has a wider field of capture and multi-angled scanning that enables simultaneous capture from multiple angles. Additionally, the iTero Lumina scanner
has  a  capture  distance  of  up  to  25mm,  making  it  easier  to  scan  complex  oral  regions  such  as  narrow  or  deep  palates,  edentulous  spaces,  and  partially
erupted teeth. It has a 50% smaller and 45% lighter wand (as compared to iTero Element™ 5D imaging system wand, excluding the wand cable), which is
expected  to  be  especially  beneficial  for  kids  and  teen  patients.  The  iTero  Lumina  scanner  has  photorealistic  scans  which  enables  high  quality  clinical
decisions the same way intraoral photos do and its advanced software enables scanning at two times the speed.
9
Invisalign® Outcome Simulator. The Invisalign Outcome Simulator is an exclusive chair-side and cloud-based application for the iTero scanner that
allows doctors to help patients visualize how their teeth may look at the end of Invisalign treatment. This is achieved through a dual view layout that shows
a prospective patient an image of their own current dentition next to a simulated final position after Invisalign treatment.
Invisalign® Progress Assessment Tool. The Invisalign Progress Assessment tool provides the ability to compare a patient’s new scan with a specific
stage of their ClinCheck® treatment plan, allowing doctors to visually assess and communicate Invisalign treatment progress with an easy-to-read, color-
coded, tooth movement report.
TM
iTero   TimeLapse  Technology.  Our  iTero   TimeLapse  technology  allows  doctors  or  practitioners  to  compare  a  patient’s  historic  3D  scans  to  a
present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic
interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions.
TM
TM
Align  Oral Heatlh Suite. The Align™Oral Health Suite is a digital interface designed to enhance dental consultations. It offers a modern approach
to  dental  examinations,  featuring  a  clinical  framework  that  is  designed  to  empower  doctors  and  their  clinic  staff  to  conduct  comprehensive  oral  health
assessments via a single scan using patient-friendly terminology, and providing a highly engaging patient-centric experience. It integrates iTero diagnostic
aid  and  visualization  tools,  such  as  iTero  NIRI,  iTero  Occlusogram,  iTero  TimeLapse  and  Invisalign  Outcome  Simulator  Pro  into  a  single  interface
chairside on the iTero scanner.
CAD/CAM Services. Our exocad CAD/CAM software platform addresses restorative needs in an end-to-end digital platform workflow to facilitate
ortho-restorative and comprehensive dentistry. The platform provides doctors and dental labs with digital clinical solutions that aid GPs and dental labs in
planning  and  delivering  restorative  dental  treatments,  adding  restorative  functionality  to  our  comprehensive  digital  platform  to  deliver  digital  ortho-
restorative workflows and interdisciplinary dentistry. Our exocad software is licensed and sold separately.
Other  proprietary  software  mentioned  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  such  as  software  embedded  in  our  iTero  scanners,  ClinCheck  and
ClinCheck Pro software, the Invisalign Doctor Site, Align X-Ray Insights and feature enhancements included as part of the Invisalign system are not sold
separately, nor do they contribute as individual items to revenues.
Business Strategy
Over the past 26 years, Align has helped doctors treat approximately 17 million patients with the Invisalign system and is driving the evolution in
digital  dentistry  through  the  Align  Digital  Platform™.  Our  technology  and  innovations  are  designed  to  meet  the  demands  of  today’s  patients  with
convenient, comfortable, and affordable treatment options, while improving overall oral health. We strive to help doctors and lab technicians move their
businesses forward by connecting them with new patients, providing digital solutions that increase operational speed and efficiency and provide solutions
that allow them to deliver exceptional treatment outcomes and experiences to millions of people around the world. We achieve this by focusing on and
executing our strategic growth drivers:
•
International Expansion. We continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries to more customers. We
continue expansion of our sales and marketing by reaching into new countries and regions, including new areas within Africa and Latin America.
As of the end of 2023, we are selling directly or through authorized distributors in more than 100 countries. As our business continues to grow in
both  number  of  new  Invisalign  trained  doctors  and  customer  utilization,  we  support  that  growth  through  targeted  investments  such  as  clinical
support,  product  improvements,  technological  innovations,  clinical  education  and  advertising.  In  addition,  we  are  scaling  and  expanding  our
operations and facilities to better support the growing numbers of global customers. As of the end of 2023, we have 13 fabrication and treatment
locations throughout the world. We have a manufacturing facility in each of our three key regions: Americas (Mexico), APAC (China), and EMEA
(Poland).  Each  of  these  three  facilities  represents  a  “hub”  in  our  “Regional  Hub  Model”  and  together  they  form  the  foundation  of  our
manufacturing strategy, which will continue to evolve to increase flexibility and optimize our capacity and cost structure. We also perform digital
treatment planning and interpretation for restorative cases worldwide, including in Costa Rica, China, Germany, Spain, Poland, and Japan, among
others.  By  establishing  and  expanding  our  key  operational  activities  in  locations  closer  to  our  customers,  we  are  creating  an  infrastructure  that
allows us to be responsive to local and regional needs, while providing global operational flexibility and scale needed for variations in global and
regional demand. We expect to continue expanding our business in 2024 by investing in resources, infrastructure and initiatives that help drive
Invisalign treatment growth, position our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital
10
dental scans, and establish our exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for dental labs in existing and new international markets.
• GP Dentist Treatment. We want to enable GPs, who have the potential to treat the general population, to more easily identify potential cases they
can  treat  with  the  Invisalign  system,  monitor  patient  progress  or,  if  needed,  help  refer  cases  to  an  orthodontist  while  providing  high-quality
restorative, orthodontic and dental hygiene care. We believe success with GPs can be achieved through doctor training and clinical education, by
offering digital tools such as the iTero scanner and products like Invisalign Go™ treatment that address the distinctive needs of GP patients, all
delivered by sales and marketing personnel specifically focused on the unique needs of this customer category. We encourage GPs to scan every
patient with intraoral scanners as a means to diagnose and treat patients over time and as an opportunity to drive future demand for their services
and the Invisalign system. In October 2021, the findings of a clinical study we sponsored were published in the peer-reviewed Journal of Dentistry
which demonstrated that the NIRI technology of the iTero Element 5D imaging system was 66% more sensitive than bitewing x-ray radiography
for detection of interproximal lesions, without the use of harmful radiation.
•
Patient  Demand.  Our  goal  is  to  make  the  Invisalign  brand  a  highly  recognized  name  brand  worldwide  by  creating  awareness  for  Invisalign
treatment among consumers and motivating the potential 600 million patients who can benefit from treatment of malocclusion to seek treatment
using  the  Invisalign  system.  We  accomplish  this  through  an  integrated  consumer  marketing  strategy  that  includes  television,  media,  social
networking  and  event  marketing  and  strategic  alliances  with  professional  sports  teams,  as  well  as  educating  patients  on  treatment  options  and
directing them to high volume Invisalign trained doctors. To further drive consumer awareness, in 2023, we continued to offer additional dental-
related Invisalign Accessory Products under the Invisalign brand name available in certain e-commerce channels in the U.S.
• Orthodontist Utilization.  We  continue  to  innovate  and  increase  product  applicability  and  predictability  to  address  a  wide  range  of  cases,  from
simple to complex, thereby enabling doctors to confidently diagnose and treat children and adults with the Invisalign system. This is especially
important to treating teenage patients who make up the largest portion of the 22 million annual orthodontic case starts. We also continue to make
improvements  to  our  Invisalign  treatment  software,  ClinCheck  Pro  software,  designed  to  deliver  an  exceptional  user  experience  and  increase
treatment  control  to  help  doctors  achieve  their  treatment  goals.  In  combination  with  the  new  Invisalign  system  innovations  that  are  part  of  the
Align Digital Platform, we are enhancing the digital treatment planning experience for orthodontics by providing doctors with greater flexibility,
consistency of treatment preferences and real-time treatment plan access and modification capabilities.
Manufacturing and Suppliers
We  have  regional  fabrication  facilities  in  our  main  markets  for  clear  aligners,  which  are  located  in  Juarez,  Mexico;  Ziyang,  China;  and  Wroclaw,
Poland.  We  have  designed  this  Regional  Hub  Model  to  better  serve  our  global  customer  base  by  being  closer  to  our  doctor  customers  and  driving
efficiencies in the business. We produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand, perform final scanner assembly and repair our scanners at our facilities in
Ziyang, China and Petah Tikva, Israel and service and repair certain scanners in Juarez, Mexico.
We also perform digital treatment planning and interpretation for restorative cases based on digital scans generated by our iTero intraoral scanners.
Our  digital  treatment  planning  facilities  are  located  worldwide,  including  in  Costa  Rica,  China,  Germany,  Spain,  Poland  and  Japan,  among  other
international locations.
Our quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System regulations enforced by the FDA, and similar regulations enforced by
other  worldwide  regulatory  authorities.  We  are  certified  to  ISO  13485:2016,  an  internationally  recognized  standard  for  medical  device  quality.  We  are
routinely audited by third party certification bodies as well as global health authorities for our compliance to this quality standard as well as international
regulations.  We  have  a  formal,  documented  quality  system  by  which  quality  objectives  are  defined,  understood  and  achieved.  Systems,  processes  and
procedures are implemented to ensure high levels of product and service quality. We monitor the effectiveness of the quality system based on internal data
and direct customer feedback and strive to continually improve our systems and processes, taking corrective action, as needed.
Since the mass-customized treatment planning and manufacturing processes of our products requires substantial and varied technical expertise, we
believe that our manufacturing capacity and capabilities are important to our success. In order to produce our highly-customized, highly-precise, medical
quality  products  in  volume,  we  have  developed  a  number  of  proprietary  processes  and  technologies.  These  technologies  include  complex  software
algorithms and solutions, including artificial intelligence and machine-learning based CAD/CAM software, Vision systems, CT scanning, stereolithography
and automated
11
custom  clear  aligner  fabrication  equipment.  To  increase  the  efficiency  and  yield  of  our  manufacturing  processes,  we  continue  to  focus  our  efforts  on
software development, equipment development and the improvement of rate-limiting processes or bottlenecks. We continuously upgrade our proprietary,
three-dimensional treatment planning software to enhance computer analysis of treatment data and to reduce time spent on manual and judgmental tasks for
each case, thereby increasing the efficiency of our technicians. Moreover, to improve efficiency and increase the scale of our operations, we continue to
invest in the development of automated systems for the fabrication and packaging of clear aligners.
In  addition,  predictable  and  consistent  production  is  essential  to  our  commitment  to  timely  deliver  products  to  our  customers  efficiently  and
profitably.  Our  production  can  be  disrupted  by  such  things  as  supply  chain  issues,  production  manufacturing  software  system  issues  and  production
equipment downtime. Accordingly, as we have grown our operations, we have included flexibility and resiliency in our overall manufacturing design to
mitigate  the  risks  of  production  downtime.  Our  manufacturing  facilities  include  backup  generators  and  systems  and  each  facility  has  an  emergency
response plan that is part of ongoing employee training and testing through recurring cross functional scenario-based simulation exercises. Likewise, the
Regional  Hub  Model  provides  us  with  greater  flexibility  and  capacity  to  adjust  and  redirect  production  to  one  or  more  of  our  production  facilities  as
needed.
As  part  of  our  manufacturing  resiliency  design  efforts,  we  have  also  considered  climate  change,  climate-related  risks  -  higher  average  global
temperatures, rising sea levels and more frequent and severe wildfires, hurricanes, floods, winter storms, heat waves and other events and natural disasters
(collectively, “climate-related risks”). We view climate-related risks to be one of many operational challenges we face, and factor them into our business
continuity planning and strategic risk mitigation efforts.
For instance, our manufacturing plants and operations may be impacted by extreme temperatures and weather, subjecting us to potential brownouts
and  blackouts,  increased  energy  costs  and  capital  investments  needed  to  maintain  ideal  operating  temperatures.  Our  manufacturing  facility  in  Juarez,
Mexico  is  located  in  an  area  classified  as  high-water  stress  and  our  operations  could  be  impacted  by  water  shortages,  rationing  and  droughts.  Our
California, Costa Rica, Mexico and North Carolina operations are located in areas that have historically been impacted by extreme weather events such as
hurricanes, tornados, wildfires or flooding.
In part to help mitigate risks to our manufacturing operations, we have strategically located our clear aligner production facilities in three facilities on
different  continents.  This  allows  us  to  both  respond  more  quickly  to  customer  demand  while  also  offering  redundancy  in  the  event  natural  disasters  or
climate-related  events  affect  operations  at  one  or  more  facilities.  Moreover,  each  of  our  three  key  clear  aligner  manufacturing  facilities  are  located  at
elevations less likely to be impacted by rising sea levels and at least two hundred miles inland.
Moreover,  we  are  highly  dependent  on  manufacturers  of  specialized  scanning  equipment,  rapid  prototyping  machines,  resin  and  other  advanced
materials for our clear aligners, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supplier
relationships  for  many  of  these  machines  and  materials  technologies.  In  particular,  our  CT  scanning  and  stereolithography  equipment  used  in  our  clear
aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our intraoral scanners are provided by single or sole source suppliers. We also
currently  purchase  our  resin  and  polymer,  the  primary  raw  materials  used  in  our  manufacturing  process  for  clear  aligners,  from  a  single  source.  A
discussion of the risks of our supply and manufacturing operations, including foreign operations, may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form
10-K under the heading "Risk Factors."
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing efforts are focused on increasing adoption and utilization of the Invisalign system and Vivera retainers by orthodontists and
GPs  worldwide  and  integrating  the  iTero  scanner  and  services  and  exocad  CAD/CAM  products  into  dental  labs  and  practices.  The  iTero  scanner  is  an
important component to the customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign clear aligners. In
each region, we have direct sales, marketing and support organizations, which include quota carrying sales representatives, sales management and sales
administration. We also have distribution partners in certain markets. Our sales and marketing personnel are organized primarily to support orthodontists
and GPs separately, allowing highly trained and specialized personnel to serve each customer channel, thereby increasing our focus and effectiveness on
both.  We  continue  to  expand  in  existing  markets  through  targeted  investments  in  sales  resources,  professional  marketing  and  education  programs.
Additionally, our consumer marketing programs are designed to create awareness and educate consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment and Vivera
retainers, including where they can find a trained doctor to provide treatment.
12
We  provide  training,  marketing  and  clinical  support  to  orthodontists  and  GPs. As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  approximately  125,800  active
Invisalign trained doctors. We define doctors as active if they have submitted at least one Invisalign case in the prior 12-month period.
Research and Development
We are committed to investing in world-class digital technology development, which we believe is critical to achieving our goal of establishing the
Invisalign system as the standard method for treating malocclusion, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and
our exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for dental labs.
Our  research  and  development  activities  are  directed  toward  developing  digital  technology  innovations  that  we  believe  will  deliver  our  next
generation  of  products  and  solutions  as  part  of  the  Align  Digital  Platform.  These  activities  range  from  accelerating  product  and  clinical  innovation,  to
developing manufacturing process improvements, to researching future technologies, products and software.
In an effort to demonstrate the broad treatment capabilities of the Invisalign system, more than 200 peer-reviewed publications and various clinical
case studies and articles have been published that highlight the clinical applicability of Invisalign treatment to malocclusion cases, including addressing
malocclusions of severe complexity. Similarly, various studies have also been published demonstrating the capabilities of our scanners, including advanced
features  such  as  our  NIRI  technology.  We  undertake  pre-commercialization  trials  and  testing  of  our  technological  improvements  to  our  products  and
manufacturing  process.  We  furthermore  fund  research  in  the  field  of  orthodontics  and  dentistry  through  initiatives  such  as  our  Annual  Research  Award
Program, which was in its 14th year in 2023 and donations to the American Association of Orthodontists Foundation.
Intellectual Property
We believe our intellectual property portfolio represents a substantial business advantage. As of December 31, 2023, we had 866 active U.S. patents,
954 active foreign patents, and 884 pending global patent applications. Our active U.S. patents expire between 2024 and 2042. When patents expire, we
lose the protection and competitive advantages they provided, which could negatively impact our operating results; however, as we continue to pursue new
innovations, we seek intellectual property protection for new inventions and know-how through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure
agreements. We also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. We furthermore have a
broad and diverse trademark portfolio that we use to highlight and protect our universally recognized brands. Information regarding risks associated with
our  proprietary  technology  and  our  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  found  in  Item 1A of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  under  the  heading  “Risk
Factors.”
Seasonal Fluctuations
General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and we have historically experienced seasonal trends within our two operating
segments, customer channels and the geographic locations that we serve. Sales of the Invisalign system are often weaker in Europe, especially southern
European countries during the summer months due to our customers and their patients being on holiday and seasonally higher in China during the third
quarter.  Similarly,  other  international  holidays  like  Lunar  New  Year  can  impact  our  sales  in  APAC  in  the  first  quarter.  In  North  America,  summer  is
typically  the  busiest  season  for  orthodontists  with  practices  that  have  a  high  percentage  of  adolescent  and  teenage  patients  as  many  parents  start  their
children in treatment before the school year begins. Conversely, many GPs are on vacation during this time and therefore tend to start fewer cases. For our
Systems and Services segment, capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Consequently, these seasonal trends have caused
and may continue to cause fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates. However, our typical seasonal
patterns  have  been  impacted  by  macroeconomic  uncertainty  including  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  military  conflicts,  and  inflation  and  other
macroeconomic challenges. It remains unclear when or if our seasonal fluctuations will return to historical norms.
Competition
Competition in the clear aligner market continues to increase. Our clear aligner products compete directly against traditional orthodontic treatments
that  use  metal  brackets  and  wires  and  increasingly  against  clear  aligner  products  manufactured  and  distributed  by  various  companies,  both  within  and
outside the U.S. Although the number of competitors varies by segment, product, geography and customer, they include new and well-established regional
competitors in certain foreign markets, as well as larger companies, divisions of larger companies or well-capitalized new entrants with substantial sales,
marketing, research and financial capabilities. We also compete with direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) companies that provide
13
clear aligners directly to the consumer requiring little or no in-office care from doctors and also from doctors themselves who can manufacture retainers
and custom clear aligners using 3D printing technology. In addition, corresponding foreign patents began expiring in 2018 which has increased competition
outside the U.S.
Additionally, we face competition in the rapidly evolving markets for intraoral scanners and software solutions, including CAD/CAM. The global
intraoral  scanner  market  is  very  dynamic  with  participants  spanning  from  traditional  dental  conglomerates  to  companies  dedicated  primarily  to  scanner
development and sales with new entrants playing larger roles. The iTero intraoral scanner also competes with traditional PVS impressions that doctors use
for clear aligner therapy or other dental procedures, as well as other intraoral scanners. It also competes with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for
detecting  interproximal  caries.  Information  regarding  risks  associated  with  increased  competition  may  be  found  in  Item  1A  of  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
We believe we are well positioned to compete in the markets we target. We have thousands of dedicated, highly skilled sales force employees who are
focused on key demographics in our target markets that allow us to uniquely address customer needs and thereby enhance the customer experience. Our
significant historical and ongoing investments in research and development and design around the movement of teeth, SmartTrack aligner materials and
design,  intraoral  scanning,  3D  manufacturing,  global  scale  of  manufacturing  and  treatment  planning,  strong  brand  name  recognition,  strong  workforce,
diversified and knowledgeable customer base, geographic expansion, reliable financial results, leading digital platform, technology and IP, next wave of
innovation with direct 3D printing and innovations powered by AI enabling more personalized care, and regulatory clearance of our products are among a
few of our key competitive factors that compare favorably with our competitors’ products and services.
Government Regulation
Many countries throughout the world have established regulatory frameworks for commercialization of medical devices. As a designer, manufacturer,
and  marketer  of  medical  devices,  we  are  obligated  to  comply  with  the  respective  frameworks  of  these  countries  to  obtain  and  maintain  access  to  these
global markets.
The frameworks often define requirements for marketing authorizations which vary by country. Failure to obtain appropriate marketing authorization
and to meet all local requirements, including specific quality and safety standards and new software and artificial intelligence standards in any country in
which we currently market our products, could cause commercial disruption and/or subject us to sanctions and fines. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to
receive, such marketing authorizations, or the loss of any previously received authorizations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
With regards to premarket authorization in the U.S., many of our products are classified as medical devices under the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act  (“FD&C  Act”).  The  FD&C  Act  requires  these  products,  when  sold  in  the  U.S.,  to  be  safe  and  effective  for  their  intended  use  and  to  comply  with
medical device regulations defined by the FDA. The regulatory framework depends on a set of written processes for ensuring consistent quality called a
Quality  Management  System  (“QMS”)  coupled  with  a  product  marketing  authorization  which  depends  on  the  risk  classification  of  the  product.  This
regulatory  framework  is  comparable  to  the  framework  established  in  the  European  Union  (“EU”).  Within  the  EU,  our  products  are  subject  to  the
requirements defined by the Medical Device Regulation EU 2017/745 which replaced the Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC with a final transition date
of May 26, 2021. Similar market access regulations exist in Brazil, China, Japan and other countries. Our QMS is routinely audited by certification bodies
as  well  as  country  regulators  for  compliance  with  applicable  regulations.  We  believe  we  are  in  compliance  with  all  state,  federal,  and  international
regulatory requirements applicable to our products.
We are also subject to various laws around the world that govern interactions with our customers as healthcare professionals or government officials.
The laws govern different interactions and may include: prohibiting improper influence of or payments to healthcare professionals, other decision makers
or  purchasers  of  medical  devices  and  government  officials;  setting  out  rules  for  when  and  how  to  engage  healthcare  professionals  as  our  third-party
vendors;  requiring  price  reporting  regulations;  requiring  marketing  of  our  products  within  the  regulatory  approval  (e.g.,  on  label)  promotion,  sale  and
marketing of our products and services; the importing and exporting of our products; the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products; and
disclosure  of  payments  to  healthcare  professionals  and  entities.  As  we  expand  our  operations  footprint,  countries  to  which  we  sell  and  invest  in  new
business  models,  compliance  with  applicable  laws  becomes  more  complex  and  the  general  trend  is  toward  increasingly  stringent  oversight  and
enforcement.
Initiatives  sponsored  by  government  agencies,  legislative  bodies,  and  the  private  sector  to  limit  the  growth  of  healthcare  expenses  generally  are
ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future
business.
14
Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by state or federal funded programs such as Medicaid, a foreign national healthcare
program,  or  private  pay  insurance,  each  of  which  may  offer  some  degree  of  oversight.  As  a  medical  device  manufacturer  and  seller,  we  are  subject  to
transparency  reporting  laws  (also  known  as  sunshine  laws)  that  in  certain  countries  and  U.S.  states  require  us  to  report  transfers  of  value  to  healthcare
professionals that perform services or receive other items from us (e.g., meals, travel, branded promotional or educational items, or other benefits of value).
Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their mining of this data and have used this data to drive enforcement activities with
respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated efforts to respond or defend against such actions can be
expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties.
In  addition,  we  must  comply  with  numerous  data  protection  and  data  governance  laws  that  do  or  will  soon  regulate  or  restrict  cross  border  data
transfers,  such  as  in  the  EU,  Switzerland,  U.S.  Federal  and  States,  Brazil,  China,  Vietnam,  Japan,  Korea,  and  other  countries.  In  the  U.S.,  we  may  be
required to comply with final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and the
associated HIPAA Security Rule, and are in the same position as other companies working to ensure our global privacy program framework incorporate
new country and state laws so that our product innovations comply with these increasingly complex laws.
We  also  have  information  security,  privacy  and  cybersecurity  policies  to  protect  confidential  personal  information  and  confidential  company
information.  We  have  internal  monitoring  and  detection  systems  to  safeguard  against  cyber  attacks.  We  have  implemented  a  security  awareness  and
phishing program to educate our users about the importance of cybersecurity. We evaluate products to ensure compliance with cybersecurity regulations.
We have established a business resiliency program and perform regular backups of our critical information technology (“IT”) systems to protect against
business interruption. In addition, we periodically scan our external environment for vulnerabilities, perform annual external penetration tests and engage
an independent third party to assess effectiveness of our security practices for critical IT systems. We also have cybersecurity and other forms of insurance
coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and legal advice.
Information regarding risks associated with data security and privacy may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading
“Risk Factors.”
Environmental Laws and Regulations
We are subject to numerous international, federal, state and local environmental laws, including provisions that regulate the purchase, use, distribution,
and environmental impact of hazardous substances used in our operations, contained within our products and the packaging associated with our products.
We are also subject to environmental laws applicable to our manufacturing facilities and operations, including environmental health and safety regulations.
The  number  and  rate  at  which  these  regulations  are  being  proposed  and  implemented  are  increasing  at  the  regional,  country  and  local  territorial  levels,
requiring  greater  diligence,  governance  and  skills  to  manage.  We  may  be  required  to  incur  significant  costs  to  comply  with  existing  and  new  laws  and
regulations in the future. Information regarding risks associated with environmental laws and regulations may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Human Capital
We  believe  our  culture  and  commitment  to  employees  provide  unique  value  that  benefits  Align,  its  stockholders  and  the  communities  and  other
stakeholders we serve. Every employee, and every job, is important to our success and helps us achieve our purpose of transforming smiles and changing
lives.  Align  is  committed  to  building  a  workforce  of  diverse  cultural  backgrounds  and  life  experiences.  Fostering  a  culture  of  dignity,  integrity,  open
dialogue, open-mindedness, compassion, fairness, recognition, and shared goals allows us to attract and retain the best talent, which has ultimately led to
the growth and success of our company.
As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  approximately  21,610  employees,  a  decrease  of  approximately  6.7%  and  4.1%  over  December  31,  2022,  and
December  31,  2021,  respectively.  The  number  of  employees  for  each  of  the  last  five  years  and  our  employees’  roles  as  of  December  31,  2023  are  as
follows:
15
We are a global organization with more than 90% of our employees located internationally, primarily in direct-labor roles in our manufacturing and
clinical treatment planning facilities. Set forth in the following paragraphs are some of the most important elements of our culture and commitment to our
employees.
Governance. Our commitment to improving the lives of our employees and the communities in which we live and work, including conducting our
business ethically, responsibly and transparently through open and clear disclosures that allow us and others to hold us accountable, begins with our Board
of Directors (“Board”) and management team. They set the tone for our organization by establishing and clearly communicating our core values of Agility,
Customer and Accountability that inform our culture. Our Global Code of Conduct (“Code”) and quality policies are designed to enable us to operate with
integrity and deliver superior treatment outcomes and experiences to patients. We seek to create an environment that values the health, safety and well-
being of our teams, and we work to equip them with the knowledge and skills to serve our business and develop their careers. We believe that by effectively
managing our business with these values as the foundation, we will drive long-term value for our stockholders and all stakeholders.
As  part  of  our  Board’s  commitment  to  our  environmental,  social  and  governance  (“ESG”)  efforts,  the  Board  has  delegated  ESG  oversight
responsibility to our Nominating and Governance Committee. The evolution of our ESG programs was furthered in 2022 when our Board amended the
charter  of  our  Compensation  Committee  to  specifically  include  oversight  responsibilities  of  all  human  capital  management  strategies,  programs  and
policies in addition to its oversight of diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives. In doing so, the Board deemed it important to rename the committee to the
Compensation and Human Capital Committee in recognition of its additional human capital management oversight responsibilities.
The Compensation and Human Capital Committee regularly reviews and discusses key performance indicators regarding employee and human capital
that  allow  it  to  monitor  trends  on  issues  such  as  our  total  headcount,  recruiting,  attrition,  career  development,  diversity,  inclusion  and  belonging,
compensation, benefits, and other measures of employee engagement and interest to management and the committee.
Diversity. Fostering diversity and encouraging inclusion and belonging in the workplace makes Align a more welcoming and enjoyable place to work.
Our  products  and  services  are  used  broadly  across  age  groups,  gender  identities,  races,  ethnicities,  and  cultures,  so  we  aim  to  build  a  workforce  that
optimally  reflects  this  diversity.  We  believe  our  success  continues  to  be  driven  by  our  focus  on  integrating  and  welcoming  employees  of  all  different
backgrounds, orientations, beliefs, perspectives and capabilities into our workforce. Our employees bring a positive mix of ethnic and culturally diverse
backgrounds to the more than 40 different countries in which we operate. Our largest population of employees work in our Mexico site followed by Costa
Rica and China. The United States represents approximately 10% of our global population.
16
 
Our  management  team  is  comprised  of  diverse  individuals  from  varying  countries  and  nationalities  and  who  are  committed  to  promoting  and
encouraging  the  health  and  well-being  of  our  employees  at  work,  at  home  and  in  society  in  general.  We  provide  employee  experiences  that  encourage
inclusion and diversity. We were recognized in Newsweek’s list of America’s Greatest Workplaces for Diversity in 2024.
Our work culture is designed to create financial, health, career and personal benefits for our employees and organization. We sponsor diverse and
cultural recognition events to increase awareness of inclusion and diversity, including its importance in creating an environment where every employee can
thrive and feel they belong.
We also sponsor employee resource groups based on shared characteristics or life experiences which are open to all employees, including those who
do not directly identify with other members but are passionate in supporting the group's members in creating an educated, supportive and inclusive culture.
Talent Recruitment and Engagement. We employ a variety of career development, employee benefits, compensation and other policies and programs
designed to attract, develop, and retain employees. We focus on building a talent pipeline that nurtures those early in their careers, encourages continuous
learning and growth, and incentivizes employees to stay and contribute to our success over the long term. Our programs include early recruitment at high
schools  and  universities,  initiatives  such  as  internships,  co-ops,  apprenticeships,  and  training  programs,  quarterly  performance  management  check-ins
focused on individual goals and commitment to values and conducting regular employee surveys to build trust and strengthen relationships.
Our  efforts  have  resulted  in  numerous  awards  for  our  positive  work  environment  and  culture.  Some  of  the  certifications,  awards  and  recognitions
recognized or received in 2023 and 2024 include:
•
•
Best Places to Work for Women in Korea
Computerworld Best Place to Work in IT, based on its survey of organizations across the U.S. to identify those that provide the best benefits and
amenities for IT professionals
• Dun & Bradstreet Top Tech Companies to Work for in Israel
• Great Places to Work and Best Places to Work based on our employee-validated great workplaces in the following countries, Australia, Brazil,
China, Costa Rica, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, UK, Vietnam and United States (Raleigh, North Carolina)
Forbes World’s Best Employers
LinkedIn Top Companies to Grow Your Career in Israel and Poland
•
•
• Mercer Outstanding Women Care Award in China
• U.S. News & World Report- Best Companies to Work For and Best Companies to Work For in the Health Care Industry
We  believe  it  is  imperative  to  provide  a  vibrant  employee  experience  and  we  value  our  employees’  collective  voices.  Accordingly,  we  conduct
employee surveys to collect employee feedback critical to improving our culture. The process serves as a wellness check for us as the surveys cover a broad
variety  of  topics  including  engagement,  inclusion,  development,  leadership,  compliance,  alignment  and  enablement.  Our  response  rates  to  our  annual
surveys are consistently high, reflecting strong engagement by our global employees. In 2023, after years of focusing on an annual census survey where we
consistently had high response rates and high scores in overall engagement, we moved to a continuous employee listening strategy. This listening strategy
includes globally managed pulse surveys, employee lifecycle surveys, and a self-service feature to support listening efforts for our global employees. We
use information learned from our surveys to improve the employee experience, including enhancements to our workplaces, focus on employee connections,
increased career development opportunities, support for relocated employees, and growth in our recognition programs and experiences.
Training and Professional Development. Training is an integral part of developing and retaining our employees and creating a culture of leadership
within the Company.
Training at Align begins with our Code and our strong commitment to ethical business practices in all aspects of our operations. Every employee and
contractor  is  required  to  review  the  Code  and  confirm  they  understand  it.  We  routinely  reference  the  Code  in  presentations  and  as  part  of  everyday
operations.
As a further part of our standard onboarding program, we train employees on important environmental health and safety topics to protect them and
our environment as we operate our business. As a general practice, employees are trained to perform their jobs in accordance with all applicable statutory
and regulatory requirements and that training is routinely refreshed and re-administered.
17
At  Align,  we  believe  employees  learn  best  when  skill  development  is  driven  by  the  changing  and  immediate  needs  of  our  employees  and  by  the
empowerment of all employees to take action and ownership of their careers. We also believe learning should be relevant and actionable as well as rooted
in  our  purpose  and  values.  Develop@Align  enables  our  global  employee  population  to  access  a  diverse  portfolio  of  approximately  one  thousand  self-
directed courses in up to 80 languages. We also offer a full suite of custom leadership development programs, beginning with aspiring leaders, continuing
with  managers  and  directors,  and  culminating  with  executive  development  opportunities.  The  ways  in  which  we  work,  collaborate,  and  develop  has
transformed in recent years and will continue to change and evolve rapidly. We recognize that we must provide employees with the resources to continue to
learn,  grow,  and  thrive.  We  created  Voyage  as  a  global  initiative  to  serve  this  purpose.  Voyage  offers  a  set  of  tools,  resources  and  a  new  mindset,
empowering employees to start thinking differently about career growth by embracing development opportunities in new and sometimes unexpected ways.
Our Voyage Compass helps employees experience their career through four distinct lenses: Self, Networks, Experience and Skills. Since its launch, over
45% of the employee population has interacted with Voyage, and there have been over 108,000 visits to the Voyage website. In addition to our navigation
site,  we  host  two  Voyage  Set  Sail  weeks  annually,  where  we  offer  experiential  learning  for  individuals  and  teams  utilizing  activities  that  help  keep
professional development front and center in employees’ minds.
Compensation  and  Benefits.  Our  commitment  to  our  employees  starts  with  benefit  and  compensation  programs  that  reflect  the  value  and  the
contributions our employees make. In addition to competitive base pay, we offer an assortment of benefits that vary by country, including performance-
based  variable  compensation  programs,  health  and  welfare  benefit  plans,  retirement  planning  services  and  benefits,  holiday  and  leave  policies,  equity
participation programs such as our Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and charitable and community service opportunities. Besides these,
we also offer discounts to our employees and their dependents when they undergo Invisalign treatment.
We are furthermore committed to pay equity practices. We exceed minimum pay requirements for our manufacturing employees and we regularly
review our pay equity practices globally and locally so that we can appropriately address discrepancies.
Health,  Wellness  and  Safety.  Our  employees  are  essential  to  us  as  a  business  and  their  health  and  well-being  is  critical  to  our  success  and  their
continuing  achievements.  Our  objective  is  to  prevent  injuries  and  occupational  diseases  by  focusing  first  and  foremost  on  creating  and  maintaining
environments that are safe. We therefore offer a wide variety of robust programs and initiatives designed to promote the overall health and welfare of all
our employees and their families. It is our responsibility to support the health and well-being of our employees. Every year, we have a month dedicated to
well-being,  called  Month  of  Wellness,  which  is  a  worldwide  movement  fostering  employee  health.  Throughout  the  Month  of  Wellness,  employees
participate  in  a  variety  of  activities  such  as  informational  sessions  and  health  fairs  and  receive  useful  resources  aligned  to  our  wellness  pillars  -  mental
resilience, physical well-being and healthy living, social/family connections, and financial wellness. This provides employees with a variety of meaningful
ways  to  embrace  wellness  and  well-being  through  mindfulness,  meditation,  nutrition  and  mental  wellness  activities,  exercise,  hikes,  yoga,  volunteer
activities, financial education sessions, social events and stress management.
We have environmental, health, safety and sustainability personnel who are responsible for ensuring health and safety programs and processes are
maintained  and  effective  at  each  of  our  locations.  Major  worksites,  such  as  our  clear  aligner  fabrication  sites,  and  large  offices  have  dedicated
Environmental  Health  and  Safety  (“EHS”)  departments  that  ensure  health  and  safety  programs  are  maintained  while  contributing  Best  Management
Practices  (“BMP”)  and  general  input  to  corporate-wide  programs.  Each  EHS  department  is  responsible  for  ensuring  all  employees  at  their  location  are
properly  trained  on  various  EHS  topics  and  at  the  appropriate  frequencies.  A  training  suite  is  determined  for  each  employee  depending  on  their
responsibilities and function modeled off ISO 45001.
Community. We actively encourage employees to support local charitable organizations by providing opportunities for volunteerism, team building,
and donation and matching programs. In 2023, our employees continued to make us proud through their generosity and dedication, especially during our
annual  Month  of  Smiles  initiative  in  October  where  we  encourage  our  employees  to  make  a  difference  individually  and  as  teams  through  volunteer
activities, charitable donations, fundraising, and intentional acts of goodness. In addition, through our Align Foundation, we support organizations whose
visions  closely  align  with  our  mission  to  improve  smiles,  supporting  and  educating  teens,  and  empowering  our  customers  through  partnerships  with
learning institutions and foundations. Below are some of our key community initiatives in 2023:
• We were honored as a “Technology Partner of the Year” by Junior Achievement, an organization that delivers hands on, immersive learning in
work readiness, financial health, entrepreneurship, sustainability, STEM, economics, and more. In addition, we held several volunteer activities
with  Junior  Achievement  including  hosting  the  first  artificial  intelligence  career  summit  for  around  200  high  school  students  in  our  San  Jose,
California office.
18
 
•
•
Since 2013 we have been a proud supporter of Operation Smile, a global medical nonprofit providing hundreds of thousands of free surgeries for
people born with cleft lips and cleft palates in low and middle-income countries. For the third year, we sponsored Operation Smile’s International
Student  Leadership  Conference,  a  powerful  opportunity  for  high  schoolers  around  the  world  to  develop  leadership  skills  and  impact  their
communities.  As  part  of  our  sponsorship,  we  provided  scholarships  for  24  participants  from  8  different  countries,  plus  an  additional  10
scholarships  for  students  personally  impacted  with  a  cleft  condition.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  donated  approximately  $2.7  million  to
Operation Smile.
For 16 years we have supported America’s ToothFairy, an organization with a mission to ensure underserved children in the United States have
access  to  dental  care  and  learn  about  oral  health  by  supporting  nonprofit  clinics  and  community  partners.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have
provided almost $2 million for the foundation’s operational expenses and children’s oral health programs. As a result of our support, more than 1.3
million children living with restricted access to care in communities across the country received dental care and/or oral health instruction through
America’s ToothFairy programs and the safety-net dental clinics they support.
We  also  provide  product  donations  to  the  dental  community  to  help  patients  in  need  of  healthy,  beautiful  smiles.  For  more  information  on  our
located  at
the  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  portion  of  our  corporate  website 
to 
charitable  and  community  efforts,  please  refer 
https://www.aligntech.com/about/corporate_social_responsibility.
Available Information
Our  corporate  website  is  www.aligntech.com,  and  our  investor  relations  website  is  http://investor.aligntech.com.  The  information  on  or  accessible
through our websites is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports
on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our annual stockholders’ meeting and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on
our  investor  relations  website  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  or  furnish  such  material  with  the  SEC.  Further,  the  SEC
maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.
19
Information about our Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 28, 2024:
Name
Joseph M. Hogan
Age
66
President and Chief Executive Officer of Align
• Chief Executive Officer of ABB
• Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare
Position
John F. Morici
57
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance of Align
• Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance of Align
• Chief Financial Officer of Align
• Executive Vice President and Managing Director of NBC Universal North America Home Entertainment
• Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer of NBC Universal North America Home Entertainment
• Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NBC Universal North America Home Entertainment
Julie Coletti
56
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
• Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
• Vice President, Associate General Counsel, Strategic Commercial Affairs of Align
• Vice President, Global General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Danaher
• Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of Bayer HealthCare's MEDRAD/Radiology and
Interventional Division
Stuart Hockridge
52
Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources of Align
• Senior Vice Present, Global Human Resources of Align
• Vice President, Global Human Resources of Align
• Vice President of Talent of Visa
Emory M. Wright
54
Executive Vice President, Global Operations of Align
• Senior Vice President, Global Operations of Align
• Vice President, Operations of Align
• Various roles at Align including Vice President, Manufacturing
Period
2015-Present
2008-2013
2000-2008
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2014-2016
2011-2014
2007-2011
2022-Present
2019-2022
2018-2019
2013-2017
2007-2013
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2013-2016
2022-Present
2018-2022
2007-2018
2000-2007
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The  Company’s  business,  reputation,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  stock  price  can  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  whether
currently known or unknown, including those described below. When any one or more of these risks materialize from time to time, the Company’s business,
reputation, results of operations, financial condition and stock price can be materially and adversely affected. The risks below are not the only ones we
face.  Because  of  the  following  factors,  as  well  as  other  factors  affecting  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  past  financial
performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results
or trends in future periods. Therefore, you should review this section carefully, as well as our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other
information appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for important information regarding these and other risks that may affect us. Additionally, you
should consider these risk factors in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this report.
Macroeconomic and External Risks
Our operations and financial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates,
changes  in  consumer  confidence  and  demand,  and  general  economic  weakness  and  threats,  or  actual  recessions,  have  and  could  in  the  future
materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Macroeconomic conditions impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which can adversely affect demand for our products. Consumer
spending  habits  are  affected  by,  among  other  things,  inflation,  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates,  general  economic  weakness,  threats  or  actual
recessions, pandemics, wars and military actions, employment levels, wages, debt obligations, discretionary income, interest rates, volatility in capital, and
consumer confidence and perceptions of
20
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
current and future economic conditions. Macroeconomic conditions can, among other things, reduce or shift spending away from elective procedures, drive
patients  to  pursue  less  costly  orthodontic  treatments,  decrease  the  number  of  orthodontic  case  starts,  reduce  patient  traffic  in  dentists’  offices  or  reduce
demand  for  dental  services  generally.  Further,  decreased  demand  for  dental  services  can  cause  dentists  and  labs  to  postpone  investments  in  capital
equipment,  such  as  intraoral  scanners  and  CAD/CAM  equipment  and  software.  The  declines  in,  or  uncertain  economic  outlooks  for,  the  U.S.,  Chinese,
European and certain other international economies have and may continue to adversely affect consumer and dental practice spending. Increases in the cost
of fuel and energy, food and other essential items as well as higher interest rates have and may continue to reduce consumers' disposable income, which
could cause a decrease in discretionary spending for products like ours. Further, we cannot predict the impact of efforts by central banks and federal, state
and  local  governments  to  combat  inflation,  which  could  result  in  an  economic  recession  or  have  an  adverse  impact  on  consumer  spending  may  for  a
prolonged period of time.
Inflation continues to adversely impact spending and trade activities, causing unpredictable impacts on global and regional economies. Higher inflation
has also increased domestic and international shipping costs, raw material prices, and labor rates, which has adversely impacted the costs of producing,
procuring  and  shipping  our  products.  Our  ability  to  recover  these  cost  increases  through  price  increases  may  continue  to  lag,  resulting  in  downward
pressure on our operating results. Attempts to offset cost increases with price increases may reduce sales, increase customer dissatisfaction or otherwise
harm our reputation. Any of these events could materially affect our business and operating results.
We  have  significant  international  operations  and  sales  and  we  are  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies  that  have  adversely  impacted  our
business  or  results  of  operations.  Although  the  U.S.  dollar  is  our  reporting  currency,  a  large  portion  of  our  expenses,  net  revenues  and  net  income  are
generated in foreign currencies. While we utilize forward contracts to moderate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets and liabilities, our
hedging  strategies  may  not  be  successful,  and  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  have  and  may  continue  to  materially  adversely  effect  our  operating
results and cash flows. In addition, our foreign currency exposure on assets, liabilities and cash flows that we do not hedge have and could in the future
materially impact our financial results in periods when the U.S. dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to foreign currencies.
Our business could be impacted by geopolitical events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism, or major public health crises.
Political events, trade and other international disputes, war and terrorism, or major public health crises have and could in the future harm or disrupt
international  commerce  and  the  global  economy  and  could  materially  effect  our  business  as  well  as  our  customers,  suppliers,  contract  manufacturers,
distributors,  and  other  business  partners.  Such  risks  include  supply  chain  and  trade  disruptions,  tariffs,  trade  sanctions  or  restrictions,  boycotts,  reduced
consumer  spending,  government  shut  downs,  or  cyberattacks,  energy  shortages  or  power  outages,  energy  rationing  that  adversely  impacts  our
manufacturing facilities, rising fuel or rising costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products, constraints, volatility or disruption in the financial
markets,  deaths  or  injuries  to  our  employees,  restrictions  and  shortages  of  food,  water,  shelter,  and  medical  supplies,  telecommunications  failures  or
destruction of property.
Tariffs, such as those on Chinese goods, and responses to the tariffs may increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials used
to make them. Increased costs could adversely impact our gross margin and reduce demand for our products. Countries may also adopt other measures,
such as controls on the import or export of goods, technology or data, that would adversely impact our operations and supply chains or limit our ability to
offer products and services. These measures could require us to take various actions, including changing suppliers or restructuring business relationships.
Complying with new or changed trade restrictions is expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. Such restrictions can be announced with
little or no advance notice and we may be unable to effectively mitigate any adverse impacts.
Political  events,  trade  and  other  international  disputes,  war,  terrorism,  or  major  public  health  crises  involving  key  commercial,  development  or
manufacturing markets such as China, Mexico, Israel, Europe, or other countries have and could again materially impact our international operations. The
impact  to  us,  our  employees  and  customers  would  be  uncertain,  particularly  if  emergency  circumstances,  armed  conflicts  or  an  escalation  in  political
instability  or  violence,  or  viral  out-breaks  disrupt  our  product  development,  data  or  information  exchange,  payroll  or  banking  operations,  product  or
materials shipping by us or our suppliers. Our internation operations would also be impacted by other unanticipated business disruptions, interruptions and
limitations in telecommunication services or critical systems or applications reliant on a stable and uninterrupted communications infrastructure.
Military conflicts and global pandemics have materially adversely impacted our global economies. For example, our commercial operations in Russia
were impacted by the conflict in Ukraine and we were affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our iTero operations, headquartered in Israel, are close to
areas that have been affected by ongoing violence and military action in the Middle East and this may impact our employees as well as our iTero business.
Some employees and consultants in Israel have been called for military service in the current conflict in the Middle East and they may be absent for an
unknown  period  of  time.  Furthermore,  our  facility  may  be  damaged  or  supply  chains  impaired  as  a  result  of  hostilities  which  could  disrupt  ongoing
operations and impact our financial results. The conflict in the Middle East may materially impact the timing and cost of shipping of our products, our
ability to operate out of Israel, or lead to sanctions or boycotts which could impact our sales and
21
revenues. Additionally, the recent election in Taiwan and China’s territorial conflicts with other neighboring countries may impact our operations and sales
in China. We cannot predict the progress or outcome of these events or the reactions by governments, businesses or consumers but they could materially
adversely affect our business and operating results.
Our operations may be impacted by natural disasters, which may become more frequent or severe as a result of climate change, and may adversely
impact our business and operating results as well as those of our customers and suppliers.
Natural disasters can impact our operations as well as those of our customers and suppliers. Natural disasters include earthquakes, tsunamis, floods,
droughts,  hurricanes,  wildfires,  and  extreme  weather  conditions  that  cause  deaths,  injuries,  and  critical  health  crises,  power  outages,  property  damage
restrictions  and  shortages  of  food,  water,  shelter,  and  medical  supplies,  telecommunications  failures,  materials  scarcity,  price  volatility  and  other
ramifications. Climate change is likely to increase the frequency and severity of natural disasters and, consequently, the risks to our operations and financial
results. Our digital dental modeling and certain of our customer facing operations are primarily processed in our facilities in Costa Rica, our iTero scanners
are primarily manufactured in China and Israel, and our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in China, Mexico and Poland. These zones are
susceptible to natural disasters and their indirect effects. If a natural disaster occurs in a region where one of these facilities or those of our customers or
suppliers are located, our employees could be impacted, research lost, and ability to create treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture
and ship our aligners or intraoral scanners could be compromised, causing significant product and services delays.
The  effects  of  climate  change  on  regional  and  global  economies  could  change  the  supply,  demand  or  availability  of  sources  of  energy  or  other
resources  material  to  our  products  and  operations  and  affect  the  availability  or  cost  of  natural  resources  and  goods  and  services  on  which  we  and  our
suppliers rely.
Business and Industry Risks
Demand for our products may not increase or may decrease due to resistance to non-traditional treatment methods, which could have a material
impact on our business and operating results.
Our  products  require  our  customers  to  change  from  traditional  treatment  methods.  For  example,  Invisalign  treatment  is  a  significant  change  from
traditional  orthodontic  metal  wires  and  brackets,  and  customers  and  consumers  may  not  find  it  cost-effective  or  preferable.  A  number  of  dental
professionals believe Invisalign treatment is only appropriate for a limited percentage of patients. Additionally, our clear aligners and iTero products utilize
digital technology and some dental professionals have been and may continue to resist moving to a digital platform. Increased acceptance of our products
depends in part on the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including efficacy, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics and
price  compared  to  competing  products  and  treatment  methods.  If  demand  for  our  products  fails  to  increase,  or  decreases,  our  business,  including  our
financial and operating results, may be harmed.
Our net revenues depend primarily on our Invisalign system and iTero scanners and declines in sales or average selling price of these products
may adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.
Our net revenues remain largely dependent on sales of our Invisalign system of clear aligners and iTero intraoral scanners. Of the two, we expect the
Invisalign  system  will  continue  to  account  for  the  majority  of  our  net  revenues,  making  the  widespread  acceptance  of  the  Invisalign  system  by
orthodontists, GPs and consumers critical to our success.
The average selling prices of our products, particularly the Invisalign system, are influenced by numerous factors, including the type and timing of
products  sold  (particularly  the  timing  of  orders  for  additional  clear  aligners  for  certain  Invisalign  products)  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  In
addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices which may differ based on country. Our average selling prices for our Invisalign system and
iTero scanners have been impacted in the past and may be adversely affected in the future if:
• we introduce new promotions, change existing promotions, or offer general or volume-based discount programs, product or services bundles, large
account sales or consumer rebate programs;
participation in promotions or programs unexpectedly increases, decreases or changes demand in material ways;
our geographic, channel or product mix shifts to lower priced products or to products with a higher percentage of deferred revenue;
•
•
• we decrease prices on one or more products or services in response to increasing competitive pricing pressures;
• we introduce new or change existing products or services, or modify how we market or sell any of our new or existing products or services;
•
•
governments impose pricing regulations such as volume-based procurement regulations in China; or
estimates used in the calculation of deferred revenue differ from actual average selling prices.
To  stimulate  product  and  services  demand,  we  have  a  history  of  offering  volume  discounts,  price  reductions  and  other  promotions  to  targeted
customers and consumers and releasing lower priced products. These promotional campaigns and lower
22
priced products have had, and may in the future have, unexpected and unintended consequences, including reduced gross margins, profitability and average
selling prices, net revenues, volume growth, and net income.
Competition in the markets for our products is increasing and we expect aggressive competition from existing competitors, other companies that
introduce  new  technologies  or  products  in  the  future  and  customers  who  alone  or  with  others  create  orthodontic  appliances  and  solutions  or  other
products or services that compete with us.
The  dental  industry  is  experiencing  immense  and  rapid  digital  transformation.  While  solutions  such  as  our  Invisalign  system,  iTero  scanners  and
CAD/CAM  software  facilitate  this  transition,  we  face  competition  from  companies  that  also  seek  to  introduce  new  technologies  and  products  and
companies that remain dedicated to conventional products. We may be unable to compete with these competitors or they may render our technology or
products obsolete or economically unattractive.
The  number  and  types  of  competitors  are  diverse  and  growing  rapidly.  The  Invisalign  system  competes  primarily  with  traditional  metal  wires  and
brackets and increasingly against clear aligners which are manufactured and distributed by new and existing market entrants, including traditional medical
device  companies,  laboratories,  startups  and,  in  some  cases,  doctors  and  Dental  Support  Organizations  (“DSOs”).  Our  competitors  also  include  DTC
companies that provide clear aligners using a remote business model requiring little or no in-office care from trained and licensed doctors, and doctors and
DSOs  who  manufacture  custom  aligners  in  their  offices  using  3D  printing  technology.  Large  consumer  product  companies  may  also  start  supplying
orthodontic  products.  Orthodontists,  GPs  and  DSOs  have  and  may  continue  to  sample  competitive  and  alternative  products  and  take  advantage  of
competitive promotions and sale opportunities.
Our iTero scanners are also facing increased competition. iTero scanners compete with polyvinyl siloxane (“PVS”) impressions and numerous new or
existing intraoral scanners. They also compete with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for detecting interproximal caries.
If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products, existing competitors, new market entrants, or respond effectively to new technologies,
our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially impacted.
Our success depends on our ability to successfully develop, introduce, achieve market acceptance of, and manage new products and services.
Our success depends on our ability to quickly and profitably develop, manufacture, market, obtain and maintain regulatory approval or clearance of
new products and services along with improvements to existing products and services. We cannot assure successful development, sales or acceptance of our
new or improved products and services. The extent and rate at which new products or services achieve market acceptance and penetration is a function of
many variables, including our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
successfully predict, timely innovate and develop new technologies, applications and products preferred by customers and consumers that have
features and functionality to meet the needs of patients;
successfully, and in a timely fashion, obtain regulatory approval or clearance of new and improved products or services from government agencies
such as the FDA and analogous agencies in other countries;
cost-effectively and efficiently develop, manufacture, quality test, market, dispose of, and sell new or improved products and services offerings,
including localized versions for international markets;
properly forecast the amount and timing of new or improved product and services demand;
allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
ensure the compatibility of our technology, services and systems with those of our customers;
anticipate and rapidly innovate in response to new competitive products and services offerings and technologies;
differentiate our products and services from our competitors as well as other products and services in our own portfolio and successfully articulate
the benefits to our customers;
• manage the impact of nationalism or initiatives encouraging consumer purchases from domestic vendors;
•
•
•
qualify for third-party reimbursement for procedures involving our products or services;
offer attractive and competitive service and subscription plans;
encourage customers to adopt new technologies and provide the needed technical, sales and marketing support to make new product and services
launches successful; and
source and receive quality raw materials or parts from our suppliers.
•
If we fail to accurately predict the needs and preferences of customers and their patients, or fail to offer viable products or services, we may invest
heavily in research and development that does not lead to significant revenues. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and product
improvements, we may incur substantial costs doing so and our profitability may suffer. Introduction and acceptance of any products and services may take
significant time and effort, particularly if they require doctor education and training to understand their benefits or doctors choose to withhold judgment on
a product until patients complete their treatments.
23
In  addition,  we  periodically  introduce  new  business  and  sales  initiatives  to  meet  customers’  needs  and  demands.  In  general,  our  internal  resources
support these initiatives without clear indications they will prove successful or be without short-term execution challenges. Should these initiatives fail, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially impacted.
We may invest in or acquire other businesses, products, technologies, or other assets which may require significant management attention, disrupt
our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.
Periodically, we have and may in the future acquire, or make investments in, companies, technologies, or other assets. Alternatively, we may be unable
to find suitable investment or acquisition opportunities or be unable to complete investments or acquisitions on favorable terms. If we make investments or
complete  acquisitions,  we  may  not  ultimately  strengthen  our  competitive  position  or  achieve  desired  synergies,  and  investments  or  acquisitions  we
complete  could  be  viewed  negatively  by  our  customers,  securities  analysts  and  investors.  Opposition  to  acquisitions  may  lead  to  negative  ratings  by
analysts  or  investors,  give  rise  to  stockholder  objections  or  result  in  stockholder  activism,  any  of  which  could  disrupt  our  operations  or  harm  our  stock
price. Moreover, to the extent we make strategic investments, the companies in which we invest may fail or we may ultimately own less than a majority of
the  outstanding  shares  of  the  company  and  be  unable  to  control  or  have  significant  influence  over  critical  issues  that  could  harm  the  value  of  our
investment.
As  an  organization  we  do  not  have  a  history  of  significant  acquisitions  or  integrating  their  operations  and  cultures  with  our  own.  As  such,  we  are
subject to various risks when making a strategic investment or acquisition which could materially impact our business or results of operations, including
that we may:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fail to perform proper due diligence and inherit unexpected material issues or assets, including intellectual property (“IP”) or other litigation or
ongoing investigations, accounting irregularities or compliance liabilities;
fail to comply with regulations, governmental orders or decrees;
experience IT security and privacy compliance issues;
invest in companies that generate net losses or are slow or fail to develop;
not realize a positive return on investment or determine that our investments have declined in value, necessitating we record impairments such as
future impairments of intangible assets and goodwill;
have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for an acquisition, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition or the value of
our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any acquisition could result in dilution to our stockholders. The occurrence of
indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that impede our ability to manage
our operations;
find  it  difficult  to  implement  and  harmonize  company-wide  financial  reporting,  forecasting  and  budgeting,  accounting,  billing,  IT  and  other
systems due to inconsistencies in standards, internal controls, procedures and policies;
require significant time and resources to effectuate the integration;
fail to retain key personnel or harm our existing culture or the culture of an acquired entity;
not realize material portions of the expected synergies and benefits of the investment or acquisition; or
unsuccessfully  evaluate  or  utilize  the  acquired  technology  or  acquired  company’s  know-how  or  fail  to  successfully  integrate  the  technologies
acquired.
Operational Risks
Our operating results have and will continue to fluctuate in the future, which makes predicting the timing and amount of customer demand, our
revenues, costs and expenditures difficult.
Our quarterly and annual operating results have and will continue to fluctuate for a variety of reasons. Some of the factors that have historically, and
could in the future, cause our operating results to fluctuate include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in consumer and doctor demand;
higher manufacturing, delivery and inventory costs;
the creditworthiness, liquidity and solvency of our customers and their ability to timely make payments when due;
changes in the timing of revenue recognition and our average selling prices;
seasonal fluctuations;
improvements  to  or  changes  in  our  products,  capabilities  or  technologies  that  replace  or  shorten  the  life  cycles  of  legacy  products  or  cause
customers to defer or stop purchasing legacy products until new products become available;
longer customer payment cycles and greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection;
costs and expenditures, including in connection with new treatment planning and fabrication facilities, the hiring and deployment of personnel and
litigation;
the timing of clear aligner treatment order submission, acceptance, processing and fulfillment, which can cause fluctuations in our backlog; and
timing and fluctuation of spending around marketing and brand awareness campaigns and industry trade shows.
24
If we underestimate product demand, it may exceed our manufacturing capacity or that of one or more of our suppliers, we may be understaffed and
we may not have sufficient materials for production. Specifically, our manufacturing process relies on sophisticated computer software and requires new
technicians to undergo a long training process, often 120 days or longer. As a result, if we fail to accurately predict demand, we may have an insufficient
number of trained technicians to timely manufacture and deliver products to meet customers’ expectations, which could damage our relationships with our
existing customers or harm our ability to attract new customers. Specifically, production levels for our iTero scanners are generally set based on forecasts
and historic product demand and we often place orders with suppliers for materials, components and sub-assemblies (“materials and components”) as well
as finished products weeks or more in advance of projected customer orders.
Conversely, if we overestimate customer demand, we may have excessive staffing, materials, components and finished products, or capacity. If we hire
and train too many technicians in anticipation of demand that does not materialize or materializes slower than anticipated, our costs and expenditures may
outpace our revenues or revenue growth, harming our gross margin and financial results. Additionally, to secure supplies for production of products, we
periodically  enter  into  non-cancelable  minimum  purchase  commitments  with  vendors,  which  could  impact  our  ability  to  adjust  inventory  for  declining
demand. If product demand decreases or increases more than forecast, we may be required to purchase or lease additional or larger facilities and additional
equipment,  or  we  may  be  unable  to  timely  fulfill  customer  demand.  Responding  to  unanticipated  changes  in  demand  may  take  time,  lower  our  gross
margin, inhibit sales or harm our reputation.
We  may  make  business  decisions  that  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  such  as  modifications  to  our  pricing  policies  and  payment  terms,
promotions,  development  efforts,  product  releases,  business  structure  or  operations.  Most  of  our  expenses,  such  as  employee  compensation  and  lease
obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations for future revenues. As a result, if our
net revenues for a particular period are below expectations, we may be unable to timely or effectively reduce spending to offset any net revenues shortfall.
We are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and operational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results
of operations.
We are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems, personnel and suppliers. To manage
current and anticipated future operations effectively, we must continually implement and improve our operational, financial and management information
systems, hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees, and ensure our suppliers remain diverse and capable of meeting demand for the systems, raw
materials, parts and components essential to product manufacturing and delivery. We may fail to balance near-term efforts to meet existing demand with
future  demand,  including  adding  personnel,  creating  scalable,  secure  and  robust  systems  and  operations,  and  automating  processes  for  long  term
efficiencies. Production of our Invisalign system and iTero scanners could also be limited by capacity constraints due to a variety of factors, including labor
shortages, shipping delays, our dependency on third-party vendors for key materials, parts, components and equipment, and limited production yields. Any
such failure could materially impact our business, operations and prospects.
Additionally, we have established treatment planning and manufacturing facilities closer to our international customers to provide better experiences,
create efficiencies, and provide redundancy should other facilities become unavailable. If a facility is temporarily, partially or fully shut down, we may be
unable to timely fulfill orders, which may negatively impact our financial results, reputation and overall business.
Our products and IT systems are critical to our business. Issues with product development or enhancements, IT system and software integration,
implementation,  updates  and  upgrades  have  previously  and  could  again  in  the  future  disrupt  our  operations  and  have  a  material  impact  on  our
business, our reputation and operating results.
We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and secure operation of our complex IT systems and are dependent on key third party software embedded in our
products  and  IT  systems  as  well  as  third-party  hosted  IT  systems  to  support  our  operations.  All  software  and  IT  systems  are  vulnerable  to  damage,
cybersecurity attacks or interruption from a variety of sources. To effectively manage and improve our operations, our IT systems and applications require
an ongoing commitment of significant expenditures and resources to maintain, protect, upgrade, enhance and restore existing systems and develop new
systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, increasingly sophisticated
cybersecurity threats, and changing customer preferences. Usage of online and hosted technology platforms by us, our customers and suppliers, including
remote working, teledentistry and new or expanded use of online service platforms, products and solutions such as doctor, consumer and patient apps have
increased the demands on and risks to our IT systems and personnel. Moreover, we continue to transform certain business processes, extend established
processes  to  new  subsidiaries  and/or  implement  additional  functionality  in  our  enterprise  resource  planning,  product  development,  manufacturing,  and
other software and IT systems which entails certain risks, including disruption of our operations, such as our ability to develop and update products that are
safe and secure, track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data. Failure to adequately protect
and maintain the integrity of our products and our IT systems and those of our suppliers and customers may materially impact our financial position, results
of operations and cash flows.
25
We have a complex, global iTero scanner installed base of older and newer models. These models are continually updated to add, expand or improve
features with new hardware, or to provide repair or replacement parts. We have experienced hardware issues in the past and may in the future, including
issues relating to manufacturing, design, quality, or safety, of which we become aware only after products or changes have been introduced into the market.
We also have not been and may continue to be unable to ensure that third party components or changes to them will be compatible with, or will not have a
negative impact on the functionality of, our iTero scanners. As a result, there have been and may be widespread failures of our iTero scanners or we may
experience epidemic failures of our iTero scanners to perform as anticipated. Previously, we have not been and in the future may not be prepared for, or
have the infrastructure to, timely and adequately remediate or implement corrective measures for such failures, including due to our dependency on third
party providers or suppliers. Consequently, any remediation may be time-consuming and difficult to achieve, which may materially impact our customers
and business partners, damage our reputation and result in lost business and revenue opportunities, and could be materially costly.
A significant portion of our clear aligner production is dependent on digital scans from our globally dispersed and decentralized installed base of iTero
and third-party intraoral scanners. Failures of all or any portion of our or third-party software or other components or systems to interoperate with iTero or
third-party scanners, termination of interoperability with third-party scanners, malware or ransomware attacks, product or system vulnerabilities or defects,
interference or disruptions for us, our customers, labs or other business partners in the use of our products or the transmission or processing of data needed
for the use or ordering of our products, or a system outage for any reason have harmed our operations previously and in the future could materially and
adversely  affect  our  ability  to  accept  scans,  manufacture  clear  aligners  or  restorative  procedures  or  treatments  and  services  or  otherwise  service  our
customers. Any of these events harm our sales, damage our reputation, adversely impact our strategic partners or result in litigation.
Additionally,  we  continuously  upgrade  and  issue  new  releases  of  software  applications  upon  which  customer  facing  manufacturing  and  treatment
planning operations depend. Software applications and products containing software frequently contain errors or defects, especially when first introduced
or released. Additionally, the third-party software integrated into or interoperable with our products and services will routinely reach end of life, and as a
consequence, certain applications and models of our iTero scanners may be exposed to additional vulnerabilities, including increased security risks, errors
and  malfunctions  that  may  be  irreparable  or  difficult  to  repair.  The  discovery  of  a  defect,  error  or  security  vulnerability  in  our  products,  software
applications  or  IT  systems,  incompatibility  with  customers’  computer  operating  systems  and  hardware  configurations  with  a  new  release  or  upgraded
version or the failure of our products or primary IT systems may cause adverse consequences, including delay or loss of revenues, significant remediation
costs,  delay  in  market  acceptance,  loss  of  data,  disclosure  of  financial,  health  or  other  personal  information  of  our  customers  or  their  patients,  product
recalls,  damage  to  our  reputation,  loss  of  market  share  or  increased  service  costs,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition or results of our operations and the operations of our customers or our business partners.
We are highly dependent on third-party suppliers, some of whom are sole source suppliers, for certain key machines, components and materials,
and  our  business  and  operating  results  could  be  harmed  if  supply  is  restricted  or  ends,  or  if  the  price  of  raw  materials  used  in  our  manufacturing
process increases.
We are highly dependent on our supply chain, particularly manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and
other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our iTero scanners. We maintain single supply relationships
for  many  of  these  machines  and  materials.  By  using  single  suppliers  in  limited  locations  for  materials  and  manufacturing,  we  are  exposed  to  multiple
supply chain vulnerabilities.
Because of our dependence on our suppliers, changes in key relationships can materially disrupt our supply chain. For instance, we may be unable to
quickly  establish  or  qualify  replacement  suppliers  creating  production  interruptions,  delays  and  inefficiencies.  Finding  substitute  manufacturers  may  be
expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in significant interruptions in the supply of one or more products, product retesting or additional
product registration causing us to lose revenues and damage customer relationships. Technology changes by our service providers, vendors, and other third
parties  could  disrupt  access  to  required  manufacturing  capacity  or  require  expensive,  time-consuming  development  efforts  to  adapt  and  integrate  new
equipment or processes. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, labor stoppages or shortages, or shortages of, or increases in price for these
items, sales may decrease and our business and prospects may be harmed.
We  use  distributors  for  a  portion  of  the  importation,  marketing  and  sales  of  our  products  and  services,  which  exposes  us  to  risks  to  our  sales,
operations and reputation, including the risk that these distributors do not comply with applicable laws or our internal procedures.
In addition to our direct sales force, we have and expect to continue to use distributors to import, market, sell, service and support our products. Our
distribution  agreements  are  generally  non-exclusive  and  terminable  by  either  party  with  customary  notice.  If  alternative  distributors  cannot  be  quickly
found  and  trained  in  the  use,  marketing,  sales  and  support  of  our  products  and  services,  our  revenues  and  ability  to  sell  or  service  our  products  in  key
markets could be adversely affected. These distributors may also choose to sell alternative or competing products or services. In addition, we may be held
responsible for the actions of these distributors and their employees and agents for compliance with laws and regulations, including fair
26
competition,  bribery  and  corruption,  trade  compliance,  safety,  data  privacy  and  marketing  and  sales  activities.  The  conduct  of  these  distributors  also
impacts our reputation and our brand. If our distributors fail to satisfy customers, our reputation and brand loyalty could be harmed. A distributor may also
affect our ability to effectively market our products in certain foreign countries or regulatory jurisdictions if it holds the regulatory authorization in such
countries  or  within  such  regions  and  causes,  by  action  or  inaction,  the  suspension  of  such  marketing  authorization  or  sanctions  for  non-compliance  or
prevents  us  from  taking  control  of  any  such  authorization.  It  may  be  difficult,  expensive,  and  time-consuming  for  us  to  re-establish  market  access  or
regulatory compliance.
A disruption in the operations of a primary freight carrier, higher shipping costs or shipping delays could disrupt our supply chain and impact our
operating and financial results.
We  are  dependent  on  commercial  freight  carriers,  primarily  UPS,  to  deliver  our  products.  If  the  operations  of  carriers  are  disrupted  or  we  fail  to
mitigate any disruptions, we may be unable to timely deliver products to our customers who may choose alternative products, causing our net revenues and
gross  margin  to  decline,  possibly  materially.  Moreover,  when  fuel  costs  increase,  our  freight  costs  generally  do  so  as  well.  In  addition,  we  earn  an
increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales, which carry higher shipping costs that negatively impact our gross margin and
results  of  operations.  If  freight  costs  materially  increase  and  we  are  unable  to  successfully  pass  all  or  significant  portions  of  the  increases  along  to  our
customers, or we cannot otherwise offset such increases, our gross margin and financial results could be materially affected.
Our  success  depends  on  our  personnel.  If  we  cannot  attract,  motivate,  train  or  retain  personnel,  it  may  be  difficult  to  achieve  our  strategic
priorities, materially effecting our results of operations.
We  are  highly  dependent  on  the  talent  and  efforts  of  our  personnel.  We  strive  to  retain  our  personnel  by  providing  competitive  compensation  and
benefits,  development  opportunities  and  training,  flexible  work  options,  and  an  inclusive  corporate  culture.  However,  competition  for  highly-skilled
personnel is intense, particularly technical and digital talent, and our competitors have and are likely to continue to recruit our personnel. Our compensation
and benefit arrangements may not successfully attract new employees, retain or motivate existing employees. In addition, other internal and external factors
can impact our ability to hire and retain talent, including insufficient advancement or career opportunities and restrictive immigration policies. The loss of
any key personnel, particularly executive management, research and development personnel or sales personnel, could harm our business and prospects and
impede the achievement of our research and development, operational or strategic objectives.
We provide significant training to our personnel and our business will be harmed if our training fails to properly prepare them to perform the work
required, we are unable to successfully instill technical expertise in new and existing personnel or if our techniques prove unsuccessful or are not cost-
effective. Moreover, for certain roles, this training and experience can make key personnel, such as our sales personnel, highly desirable to competitors and
lead to increased attrition. It can take up to twelve months or more to train sales representatives to successfully market and sell our products and for them to
establish  strong  customer  relationships.  The  loss  of  the  services  and  knowledge  of  our  highly-skilled  employees  may  significantly  delay  or  prevent  the
achievement of our development and business objectives.
Additionally, seamless leadership transitions for key positions is critical to sustaining our culture and organizational success. If our succession planning
is ineffective, it could adversely impact our business. We continue to assess key personnel we believe essential to our long-term success. Moreover, future
organizational changes may cause employee attrition rates to increase. If we fail to effectively manage any organizational or strategic changes, our financial
condition, results of operations, and reputation, as well as our ability to successfully attract, motivate and retain key employees, may be harmed.
We have adopted a hybrid work schedule in many of our offices, allowing employees to collaborate and connect with others several days each week
while  providing  the  option  to  work  remotely  other  days.  This  hybrid  work  approach  may  create  challenges  with  maintaining  our  corporate  culture,
employee satisfaction and hiring, promotion, and retention.
We believe a key to our success has been the culture we have created that emphasizes a shared vision and values focusing on agility, customer success
and  accountability.  We  have  experienced  and  may  continue  to  experience  in  the  future,  difficulties  attracting  and  retaining  employees  that  meet  the
qualifications, experience, compliance mindset and values we expect. If we cannot attract and retain personnel that meet our selection criteria or relax our
standards,  our  corporate  culture,  ability  to  achieve  our  strategic  objectives,  and  our  compliance  with  obligations  under  our  internal  controls  and  other
requirements may be harmed. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to maintain market share.
We  have  employees  represented  by  works  councils  in  certain  countries  and  others  that  may  be  or  may  become  eligible  to  be  represented  by  works
councils, trade unions and other employee associations. Labor disputes and work stoppages involving our employees may disrupt our operations and could
materially impact our results or operations.
We  depend  on  our  marketing  activities  to  deepen  our  market  penetration  and  raise  awareness  of  our  brands  and  products,  which  may  prove
unsuccessful or may become less effective or more costly to maintain in the long term.
27
Our marketing efforts and costs are significant and include national and regional campaigns in multiple countries involving television, print and social
media and alliances with professional sports teams, social media influencers and other strategic partners. There is no assurance our advertising campaigns
will achieve the returns on advertising spend desired, increase brand or product awareness sufficiently or generate goodwill and positive reputational goals.
Moreover, should any entity or individual endorsing us or our products take actions, make or publish statements in support of, or lend support to events or
causes which are perceived by a portion of society negatively, our sponsorships or support of these entities or individuals may be questioned, our products
boycotted, and our reputation harmed, any of which could materially effect our financial results and business overall.
In  addition,  various  countries  prohibit  certain  types  of  marketing  activities.  For  example,  some  countries  restrict  direct  to  consumer  advertising  of
medical  devices.  We  have  in  the  past  and  may  again  in  the  future  be  alleged  to  violate  marketing  restrictions  and  be  ordered  to  stop  certain  marketing
activities or prevented from selling our products. Moreover, competitors do not always follow these restrictions, creating an unfair advantage and making it
more difficult and costly to compete.
Additionally,  we  rely  heavily  on  data  generated  from  our  campaigns  to  target  specific  audiences  and  evaluate  their  effectiveness,  particularly  data
generated from internet activities on mobile devices. To obtain this data, we are dependent on third parties and popular mobile operating systems, networks,
technologies, products, and standards we do not control, such as the Android and iOS operating systems, and mobile browsers. Changes in such systems
that  degrade  or  eliminate  our  ability  to  target  or  measure  the  results  of  ads  or  increase  costs  to  target  audiences  could  adversely  affect  our  campaigns.
Operating systems could also include data privacy settings that limit our ability to interpret, target and measure ads effectively.
We  have  been  incorporating  and  continue  to  work  to  further  incorporate  artificial  intelligence  (“AI”)  into  our  products,  services  and  internal
operations. Implementation of AI and machine learning technologies may result in legal and regulatory risks, reputational harm or have other adverse
consequences to our business.
We have and are continuing to incorporate AI, including machine learning and independent algorithms, in certain of our products, services and internal
operations,  which  is  intended  to  enhance  their  operation  and  effectiveness  internally  and  for  our  customers,  suppliers  and  consumers.  AI  innovation
presents risks and challenges that could impact our business. Our, or vendors’, AI algorithms may be flawed. Our datasets or AI training algorithms may be
insufficient or contain biased information. Additionally, many countries and regions, including the EU, have proposed new and evolving regulations related
to  the  use  of  AI  and  machine  learning  technologies.  The  regulations  may  impose  onerous  obligations  and  may  require  us  to  unexpectedly  rework  or
reevaluate improvements to be compliant. Use of AI technologies may expose us to an increased risk of regulatory enforcement and litigation. Moreover,
some of the AI features involve the processing of personal data and may be subject to laws, policies, legal obligations, and codes of conduct related to
privacy  and  data  protection.  AI  development  and  deployment  practices  could  subject  us  to  competitive  harm,  regulatory  enforcement,  increased
cybersecurity risks, reputational harm and legal liability.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
We are subject to antitrust and competition regulations, litigation and enforcement that may result in fines, penalties, restrictions on our business
practices, and product or operational changes which could materially impact our business.
We currently are and may in the future be subject to antitrust, competition or unfair competition related investigations, enforcement actions or claims
by governmental agencies, competitors, consumers, customers, and others which, even if unfounded, could cause us to incur substantial costs, enter into
settlements, consents, be  subject  to  judgments,  involve  negative  publicity,  and  divert  management  time  and  attention,  which  may  materially  impact  our
results of operations. Resolving these matters may require us to change our business practices in materially adverse ways. Governments and regulators are
actively  developing  new  competition  laws  and  regulations  aimed  at  the  technology  sector,  AI  and  digital  platforms  and  coordinating  activities  globally,
including in large markets such as the EU, U.S., and China. Government regulatory actions and court decisions may result in fines or hinder our ability to
provide certain benefits to our consumers, reducing the attractiveness of our products and the revenue derived from them. These actions and decisions may
also hinder our ability to pursue certain mergers, acquisitions, business combinations or other transactions.
We are currently subject to two antitrust actions with jury trials scheduled to begin on May 13, 2024, and January 21, 2025. We believe the plaintiffs’
claims are without merit in each of these actions, but we will likely incur costs in connection with these trials and with our defense, and there is a risk that
we will be subject to adverse judgments or negative publicity.
Failure to obtain or maintain approvals or comply with regulations regarding our products or services or those of our suppliers could materially
harm our sales, result in substantial penalties and fines and cause harm to our reputation.
We  and  many  of  our  healthcare  provider  customers,  suppliers  and  distributors  are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently  changing  regulations  under
numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws, including those regulating:
•
the storage, transmission and disclosure of personal, financial, and medical information as well as healthcare records;
28
•
•
prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce
the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and
the design, manufacture, marketing and advertising of our products.
The  healthcare  and  technology  markets  are  also  highly  regulated  and  subject  to  changing  political,  economic  and  regulatory  influences.  Global
regulators are expanding and changing regulations and guidance for products, which can limit the potential benefits of products and cause protracted review
timelines for new products. Our critical third-party vendors and service providers are similarly subject to various regulations. Our failure or the failure of
our suppliers, customers, advertisers and influencers to strictly adhere to clearances or approvals in the labeling, marketing and sales of our products and
services could subject us to claims or litigation, including allegations of false or misleading advertising or violations of laws or regulations, which may
result in costly investigations, fines, penalties, as well as material judgments, settlements or decrees. We are also subject to complex, new and changing
environmental, health and safety regulations. There can be no assurance we will adequately address the business risks associated with the implementation
and  compliance  with  such  laws  and  our  internal  processes  and  procedures  to  comply  with  such  laws  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  take  advantage  of  any
resulting business opportunities.
Furthermore, before we can sell a new medical device or market a new use of, or claim for, an existing product, we frequently must obtain clearance or
approval  to  do  so.  For  instance,  in  the  U.S.,  FDA  regulations  are  wide  ranging  and  govern,  among  other  things,  product  design,  product  materials,
development,  manufacturing  and  testing,  product  labeling  and  product  storage.  It  takes  significant  time,  effort  and  expense  to  obtain  and  maintain
clearances and approvals of products and services, and there is no guarantee we will timely succeed, if at all, in the countries in which we do business. In
other countries, the requirements, time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain clearances may differ materially from those of the FDA. Moreover, these
laws may change, resulting in additional time, expense or loss of market access. If requirements to market our products or services are delayed, we may be
unable to offer them in markets we deem important. Additionally, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement
actions  with  sanctions  including,  among  other  things,  fines,  civil  penalties  and  criminal  prosecution.  Delays  or  failures  to  obtain  or  maintain  regulatory
approvals, clearances or to comply with regulatory requirements may materially harm our domestic or international operations, and adversely impact our
business.
We and certain of our third-party vendors must also comply with and adhere to facility registration and product listing requirements for Quality System
regulations.  The  FDA  enforces  its  Quality  System  regulations  through  periodic  unannounced  inspections.  Failure  to  satisfactorily  correct  an  adverse
inspection  finding  or  to  comply  with  applicable  manufacturing  regulations  can  result  in  enforcement  actions,  or  we  may  be  required  to  find  alternative
manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process and may cause reputational harm. Enforcement actions by regulators could have a material effect
on our business.
We are also subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery (“ABAC”) laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act
of 2010, which generally prohibit payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or maintaining business, securing an advantage and directing
business  to  another.  To  comply  with  ABAC  laws,  regulators  require  that  we  maintain  accurate  books  and  records  and  a  system  of  internal  accounting
controls.  Under  the  FCPA,  we  may  be  held  liable  for  corruption  by  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  or  other  strategic  or  local  partners  or
representatives.
In addition, while we have policies requiring compliance with applicable laws and regulations and we provide significant training to foster compliance,
our employees, third parties acting on our behalf and customers may not properly adhere to our policies or applicable laws or regulations, including the use
of  certain  electronic  communications  and  maintaining  accurate  books  and  records.  If  our  personnel  or  the  personnel  of  our  agents  or  suppliers  fail  to
comply  with  any  laws,  regulations,  policies  or  procedures,  or  we  fail  to  audit  and  enforce  compliance,  our  reputation  may  be  harmed,  we  may  lose
customers, revenues, or face regulatory investigations, actions and fines.
Security  breaches,  data  breaches,  cybersecurity  attacks,  other  cybersecurity  incidents  or  the  failure  to  comply  with  privacy,  security  and  data
protection laws could materially impact our operations, patient care could suffer, we could be liable for damages, and our business, operations and
reputation could be harmed.
We  retain  confidential  customer  personal  and  financial,  patient  health  and  our  own  proprietary  information  and  data  essential  to  our  business
operations. We rely on the effectiveness of our IT systems, our policies and contracts and policies of our third-party vendors and the IT systems of our
service  providers  and  other  third  parties  to  safeguard  the  information  and  data.  Additionally,  our  success  depends  on  our  healthcare  providers,  many  of
whom are individual or small operations with limited IT experience and inadequate or untested security protocols, to successfully manage data privacy and
security requirements. It is critical that the facilities, infrastructure and IT systems on which we depend and the products we develop remain secure and be
perceived by the marketplace and our customers as secure. Despite the implementation of security features in our products and security measures in our IT
systems, we and our service providers, third-party vendors, and other third parties are targeted by or subject to physical break-ins, computer viruses and
other  malicious  code,  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  access,  programming  errors  or  other  technical  malfunctions,  hacking  or  phishing  attacks,  malware,
ransomware, employee error or malfeasance, cybersecurity attacks, and other breaches of IT systems or similar disruptive actions, including
29
by  organized  groups  and  nation-state  actors.  For  example,  we  have  experienced,  and  may  again  experience  in  the  future,  cybersecurity  incidents  and
unauthorized internal employee exfiltration of company information.
Further,  the  frequency  and  sophistication  of  third-party  cybersecurity  attacks  is  increasing.  Significant  service  disruptions,  breaches  in  our
infrastructure  and  IT  systems  or  other  cybersecurity  incidents  could  expose  us  to  litigation  or  regulatory  investigations,  impair  our  reputation  and
competitive  position,  be  distracting  to  management,  and  require  significant  time  and  resources  to  address.  Legal  or  regulatory  action  against  us  could
prevent us from resolving issues quickly or force us to resolve them in unanticipated ways, cause us to incur significant expense and damages, or result in
orders forcing us to cease operations or modify our business practices in ways that materially limit or restrict the capabilities of our products and services.
Concerns over our privacy practices could adversely affect others’ perception of us and deter customers and patients from using our products. In addition,
patient  care  could  suffer,  and  we  could  be  liable  if  our  products  or  IT  systems  fail  to  timely  deliver  accurate  and  complete  information.  We  have
cybersecurity and other forms of insurance coverage related to a cyber attacks, breaches, and other incidents or security problems. However, damages and
claims  arising  from  specific  incidents  may  not  be  covered,  may  exceed  the  amount  of  any  coverage,  and  do  not  cover  the  time  and  effort  we  incur
investigating and responding to any incidents, which may be material. The costs to eliminate, mitigate or recover from security problems and cybersecurity
attacks  and  incidents  could  be  material  and,  depending  on  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  problem  and  the  networks  or  products  impacted,  may  result  in
network  or  systems  interruptions,  decreased  product  sales,  or  data  loss  that  may  have  a  material  impact  on  our  operations,  net  revenues  and  operating
results.
Additionally,  our  iTero  scanners  sold  to  customers  globally,  strategic  business  partners  or  other  locations  may  be  independently  or  collectively  the
target of cybersecurity incidents or attacks or subject to viruses, bugs, or other similar negative intruders. Due to the large and growing number of these
decentralized devices, we may be unable, or not have the capacity, knowledge, or infrastructure, to respond to or remedy a cybersecurity issue in a timely
manner,  which  may  cause  loss  or  damage  to  us,  our  customers,  or  strategic  business  partners  or  may  cause  further  malfunctions  in,  or  damage  to,  our
servers,  databases,  systems  or  products  and  services,  loss  or  damage  of  our  data,  interruption  or  temporary  cessation  of  our  operations,  or  an  overall
negative impact to our business or reputation.
We are also subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations respecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information applicable to
healthcare  providers  and  their  business  associates,  such  as  HIPAA,  as  well  as  those  relating  to  privacy,  data  security,  content  regulation,  and  consumer
protection.  We  are  subject  to  various  national  and  regional  data  localization  or  data  residency  laws,  including  U.S.  state  law,  the  EU  General  Data
Protection Regulation and analogous laws in China which generally require certain types of data collected within a country be stored and processed only
within that country or approved countries. Other countries are considering similar data localization or data residency laws. We have and likely will again in
the  future  be  required  to  implement  new  or  expand  existing  data  storage  protocols,  build  new  storage  facilities,  and/or  devote  additional  resources  to
comply  with  such  laws,  any  of  which  could  be  costly.  We  are  also  subject  to  data  export  restrictions  and  international  transfer  laws  which  prohibit  or
impose conditions upon the transfer of such data. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be created, interpreted, applied, or amended
in ways that adversely affect our business.
Our business exposes us to potential liability for the quality and safety of our products and services, how we advertise and market those products
and services and how and to whom we sell them, and we may incur substantial expenses or be found liable for substantial damages or penalties if we
are subject to claims or litigation.
Our products and services involve an inherent risk of claims concerning their design, materials, manufacture, safety and performance, how they are
marketed and advertised in a complex framework of highly regulated domestic and international laws and regulations, how we package, bundle or sell them
to individual customers or companies, including hospitals and clinics, and how we train and support doctors, their staffs and patients who use our products.
Moreover, consumer products and services are routinely subject to claims of false, deceptive or misleading advertising, consumer fraud and unfair business
practices. Additionally, we may be held liable if our products or services cause injury or are otherwise found unhealthy. If our products are safe but they are
promoted for use or used in unintended or unexpected ways or for which we have not obtained clearance (“off-label” usage), we may be investigated, fined
or have our products or services enjoined or approvals rescinded or we may be required to defend ourselves in litigation. Although we maintain insurance
for product liability, business practices and other types of activities we make or offer, coverage may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may
be insufficient for actual liabilities. Any claim for product liability, sales, advertising and business practices, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome,
could result in material legal defense costs and damage our reputation, increase our expenses and divert management’s attention.
Increased focus on current and anticipated environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) laws and scrutiny of our ESG policies and practices
may materially increase our costs, expose us to liability, adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, willingness of customers and suppliers to
do business with us and willingness of investors to invest in us.
Our operations are subject to a variety of existing local, regional and global ESG laws and regulations, and we are and may be required to comply with
new,  broader,  more  complex  and  more  costly  ESG  laws  and  regulations.  Our  compliance  obligations  span  all  aspects  of  our  business  and  operations,
including product design and development, materials sourcing and
30
other  procurement  activities,  product  packaging,  product  safety,  energy  and  natural  resources  usage,  facilities  design  and  utilization,  recycling  and
collection, transportation, disposal activities and workers’ rights.
Environmental regulations related to greenhouse gases, hazardous materials, sustainability and reduction of waste are expected to have an increasingly
larger impact on us or our suppliers. Many U.S. and foreign regulators have or are considering enacting new or additional disclosure requirements or limits
on  the  emissions  of  greenhouse  gases,  including  carbon  dioxide  and  methane,  from  power  generated  using  fossil  fuels.  The  effects  of  greenhouse  gas
emission limits on power generation are subject to significant uncertainties, including the timing of new requirements, levels of emissions reductions and
the  scope  and  types  of  emissions  regulated.  Additionally,  laws  on  sustainability  and  waste  reduction  are  increasing  and  consumers  may  demand  our
products,  packaging  and  operations  be  more  sustainable,  affect  how  we  manufacture  and  package  our  products,  increase  our  costs  and  those  of  our
suppliers, and which may result in manufacturing, transportation and supply chain disruptions if clean energy or sustainable alternatives are not readily
available  in  adequate  amounts  when  required.  Moreover,  alternative  clean  energy  sources,  coupled  with  reduced  investments  in  traditional  energy
production and infrastructure, may not provide the predictable, reliable, and consistent energy that we, our suppliers and other businesses require.
Additionally, the sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of, or contained in, our products may be affected by laws and regulations
governing the use of minerals obtained from certain regions of the world like the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. Although we do
not  believe  we  source  minerals  from  this  region,  our  expanding  geographic  operations  may  increase  the  risk  of  purchasing  “conflict  minerals”  and  our
efforts to identify whether any of our products contain minerals impacted by these laws and regulations may not be adequate or complete. Other restrictions
apply to the substances incorporated into our products, including the chemical compounds in our clear aligners, the electronics in our iTero scanners, and
the packaging in which they are shipped. These laws are proliferating and new substances subject to restrictions are regularly being added each year. We
may be forced to re-design our products or identify new suppliers to maintain our compliance with these laws. Further, these laws and regulations may
decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs, thereby negatively affecting our ability to manufacture products in sufficient quantities at
competitive prices, leading customers to potentially choose competitive goods and services.
Meeting  our  obligations  under  existing  ESG  laws  and  regulations  is  costly  for  us  and  our  suppliers,  and  we  expect  these  regulations  and  costs  to
increase materially. Additionally, regulators may perform investigations, inspections and periodically audit our compliance with these laws and regulations,
and we cannot be sure our efforts or operations will be compliant. If we fail to comply with any requirements, we could be subject to significant penalties
or liabilities and we may be required to implement new and materially more costly processes and procedures. Even if we successfully comply with these
laws  and  regulations,  our  suppliers  may  not.  We  may  also  suffer  financial  and  reputational  harm  if  customers  require,  and  we  are  unable  to  deliver,
certification that our products are complaint. In all of these situations, customers may stop purchasing products from us, and may take legal action against
us, which could harm our reputation, revenues and results of operations.
Investor advocacy groups, institutional investors, investment funds, proxy advisory services, stockholders, and customers are also increasingly focused
on  corporate  ESG  practices.  Additionally,  public  interest  and  legislative  pressure  related  to  companies’  ESG  practices  continues  to  grow.  If  our  ESG
practices fail to meet investor or other industry stakeholders’ frequently evolving expectations and standards, our brand, reputation and employee retention
may be harmed, customers and suppliers may be unwilling to do business with us and investors may be unwilling to invest in us. If we fail to adopt ESG
standards or practices as quickly as stakeholders desire, comply with or timely report on our ESG efforts or practices accurately, or satisfy the disclosure
and other expectations of stakeholders, our reputation, business, financial performance, growth, and stock price may be adversely impacted.
Intellectual Property Risks
Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we fail to successfully obtain or enforce our IP rights, our competitive position
may be harmed.
Our success depends in part on our ability to maintain existing IP rights and obtain, maintain and enforce further IP protections for our products. Our
inability to do so could harm our competitive position.
We rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and other countries to protect a large part of our IP and our competitive
position; however, these patents may not prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to ours if they are invalidated, held
unenforceable,  circumvented,  or  otherwise  limited  in  scope.  Furthermore,  our  foreign  patent  protections  may  be  more  limited  in  geographic  scope  than
those under U.S. patent and IP laws.
Additionally,  any  of  our  patent  applications  may  not  result  in  an  issued  patent  or  the  scope  of  the  patent  ultimately  issued  may  be  narrower  than
initially sought. We may not be afforded the protection of a patent if our currently pending or future patent filings do not result in the issuance of patents or
we  fail  to  timely  apply  for  patent  protection.  We  may  not  apply  for  a  patent  if  our  personnel  fail  to  disclose  or  recognize  new  patentable  ideas  or
innovations.  Remote  working  can  decrease  opportunities  for  our  personnel  to  collaborate,  thereby  reducing  invention  disclosures  and  patent  application
filings. We may
31
choose not to file a foreign patent application if the limited protections provided by a foreign patent do not outweigh the costs to obtain it. Further, third
parties may file patents or develop IP strategies that prevent or limit the effectiveness of our patents.
We also protect our IP through copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and confidentiality obligations. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements
with  our  employees,  consultants  and  collaborative  partners  upon  commencement  of  a  relationship  with  us.  However,  despite  the  existence  of  these
protections, we have experienced incidents in which our proprietary information has been misappropriated and believe it will be misappropriated again in
the future. If these agreements do not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential
information, adequate remedies may not exist to prevent unauthorized uses or disclosures.
Enforcement of our IP rights is time-consuming and costly, and could ultimately prove to be unsuccessful. In certain jurisdictions, enforcement of IP
rights is more difficult due to legislation and geopolitical circumstances. As we launch our products in different regions at different times, our products may
be acquired and reverse engineered by potential competitors in regions where infringement is more difficult to pursue.
Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages
and could have a material effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our IP rights
might  allow  competitors  to  copy  our  technology  or  create  counterfeit  or  pirated  versions  of  our  products,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation,
pricing and market share.
Litigation regarding our IP rights, rights claimed by third parties, or IP litigation by any vendors on whose products or services we rely for our
products and services may impact our ability to grow our business, adversely impact our results of operations and adversely impact our reputation.
Extensive litigation over IP rights is common in technologies and industries on which our products and services are based. Litigation, interferences,
oppositions,  re-exams,  inter  partes  reviews,  post  grant  reviews  or  other  proceedings  have  been  necessary  and  will  likely  be  needed  in  the  future  to
determine the validity and scope of certain of our IP rights and those claimed by third parties. These proceedings are used to determine the validity, scope
or non-infringement of certain patent rights pertinent to the manufacture, use or sale of our products and the products of competitors. We have been sued
for  infringement  of  third  parties’  patents  in  the  past  and  are  currently  defending  patent  infringement  lawsuits  and  other  legal  claims.  In  addition,  we
periodically receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their IP rights and there may be other third-party IP rights of which we are presently
unaware.  As  dentistry  continues  to  become  more  digital,  competitors  may  make  defense  of  our  IP  more  challenging.  Asserting  or  defending  these
proceedings  can  be  unpredictable,  protracted,  time-consuming,  expensive  and  distracting  to  management  and  technical  personnel.  Their  outcomes  may
adversely  affect  our  ability  to  manufacture  and  market  our  products,  require  us  to  seek  licenses  for  infringing  products  or  technologies  or  result  in  the
assessment of significant monetary damages. Unfavorable rulings could include monetary damages, injunctions prohibiting us from selling our products, or
exclusion orders preventing us from importing our products in one or more countries. Moreover, independent actions by competitors, customers or others
have alleged that our efforts to enforce our IP rights constitute unfair competition or violations of antitrust laws and investigations and additional litigation
based on the same or similar claims may be brought in the future. The potential effects on our business operations resulting from litigation, whether or not
ultimately determined in our favor or settled by us, are costly and could materially affect our results of operations and reputation.
Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks
If our goodwill, intangible or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a material charge to earnings.
Under GAAP, we review our goodwill at least annually, or more frequently, if we identify events or circumstances that indicate it is more likely than
not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  has  been  reduced  below  its  carrying  value.  We  review  finite-lived  intangible  assets  and  long-lived  assets  for
impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset (asset group) may not be recoverable. The qualitative analysis
performed by management to identify indicators of impairment or the quantitative analysis used to determine fair value requires management to exercise
significant judgement in determining appropriate assumptions and estimates, including revenue growth rates, gross and operating margins, discount rates
and future cash flows. Management is responsible for continually assessing qualitative factors that could negatively impact the fair value of goodwill and
intangible  and  long-lived  assets  and  if  required,  assesses  the  fair  value  of  each  to  determine  if  they  have  become  impaired.  Consequently,  we  may  be
required to record a material charge to earnings our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill, intangible or long-lived
asset group is determined.
Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.
We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP.  These  principles  are  subject  to  interpretation  by  the  SEC  and  various
bodies  formed  to  interpret  and  create  appropriate  accounting  policies.  A  change  in  these  policies  or  in  the  way  these  policies  are  interpreted  by  us  or
regulators could materially effect our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported financial statements.
32
We are required to annually assess our internal control over financial reporting and any adverse results from such assessment may result in a loss
of investor confidence in our financial reports and adversely affect our stock price.
We are required to furnish in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
that  includes,  among  other  things,  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year,
including a statement as to whether it is effective. Our internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in personnel, updates and upgrades to
or migration away from existing software, failure to maintain accurate books and records, changes in accounting standards or interpretations of existing
standards, and, as a result, the degree of compliance of our internal control over financial reporting with the existing policies or procedures may become
ineffective.  Establishing,  testing  and  maintaining  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  requires  significant  resources  and  time
commitments on the part of our management and our finance staff, may require additional staffing and infrastructure investments and increases our costs of
doing business. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to
express  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  controls  or  conclude  that  our  internal  controls  are  ineffective),  the  timely  filing  of  our  financial
reports could be delayed or we could be required to restate past reports, and cause us to lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our
financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
If we fail to manage our exposure to global financial and securities market risks successfully, our operating results and financial statements could
be materially impacted.
A majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S.
dollars. If the carrying value of an investment exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we are required to
write  down  the  value  of  the  investment,  which  could  materially  harm  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Moreover,  the  performance  of
certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In an unstable credit or economic environment,
it is necessary to assess the value of our investments more frequently and we might incur material realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with
these investments. Additionally, bank failures could cause or continue to cause volatility in the credit or capital markets, market-wide liquidity issues, bank-
runs and general concern across the global financial industry. These conditions could limit our access to capital or impair the value of assets we hold.
Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.
We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and foreign countries. Various internal and external factors may affect our future effective tax rate. These factors
include changes in the global economic environment, our legal entity structure or activities performed within our entities, our business operations, in tax
laws, regulations and/or rates, to existing accounting pronouncements, interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, in relative proportions of revenues
and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, in overall levels of pretax earnings, as well
as the settlement of income tax audits and non-deductible goodwill impairments. Furthermore, we may continue to experience variation in our effective tax
rate related to excess tax benefits or tax expense on stock-based compensation, particularly in the first quarter of each year when the majority of our equity
awards vest.
New  tax  laws  and  practices,  changes  to  existing  tax  laws  and  practices,  or  disputes  regarding  the  positions  we  take  regarding  tax  laws,  could
negatively affect our provision for income taxes as well as our ongoing operations.
Compliance with tax laws requires significant judgment concerning our worldwide provision for income taxes. Changes in tax laws or changes to how
those laws are applied to our business could affect the amount of tax which we are subject to and the manner in which we operate. Specifically, in 2016, the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) established the Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”)
to  among  other  things,  allocate  greater  taxing  rights  to  countries  where  customers  are  located  and  establish  a  global  minimum  tax  rate.  After  years  of
evaluating their respective tax laws, many countries have enacted changes, or are committed to enacting changes, which may increase our tax expense in
future years. For example, the European Union and other countries have enacted or have committed to enact the OECD/G20 Framework’s Pillar Two 15%
global minimum tax. If more countries adopt these changes based on the BEPS guidance, our provision for income taxes or operations may be adversely
affected.
Moreover, the application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax (“SUT”), value-added tax (“VAT”), goods and services tax (“GST”), and other
indirect taxes) to our operations is complex and evolving. U.S. states, local and foreign taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing
differing types of taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations and exemptions that may change over time. We collect and
remit SUT, VAT, GST and other taxes in many jurisdictions and we are routinely subject to audits. We are also routinely audited regarding our tax reporting
and remissions by local and national governments, and may also be subject to audits in jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. The
positions we take regarding taxes as well as the amounts we collect or remit may be challenged and we may be liable for failing to collect or remit all taxes
deemed owed or the taxes could exceed our estimates. One or more U.S. states or countries may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use, or other tax
collection obligations or may determine that such
33
taxes should have but have not been paid by us. If we dispute rulings or positions taken by tax authorities, we may incur significant expenses, time and
effort to defend our positions.
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  received  a  notice  and  initial  assessment  from  His  Majesty’s  Revenue  and  Customs
(“HMRC”) for unpaid VAT related to certain clear aligner sales made during various periods beginning 2019 through 2023. While we assert that these sales
are  exempt  from  VAT,  that  we  have  reasonably  relied  upon  statements  and  guidance  by  HMRC  and  that  our  interpretation  of  relevant  legislation  is
appropriate, and believe that a potential loss related to unpaid VAT is not probable, it is possible that we may be subject to a loss in connection with unpaid
VAT.
The application of existing and new tax laws, and the results of audits could harm our business. Furthermore, there have been and will continue to be
substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various tax requirements and defending our positions in the numerous markets in which we
conduct or will conduct business.
Historically, the market price for our common stock has been volatile.
The market price of our common stock is subject to rapid and large price fluctuations attributable to various factors, many of which are beyond our
control. The factors include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
quarterly variations in our results of operations and liquidity or changes in our forecasts and guidance;
our ability to regain or sustain our historical growth rates;
changes in recommendations by the investment community or speculation in the press or investment community regarding estimates of our net
revenues, operating results or other performance indicators;
announcements by us or our competitors or new market entrants, including strategic actions, management changes, and material transactions or
acquisitions;
technical factors in the public trading markets for our stock that may produce price movements inconsistent with macro, industry or company-
specific fundamentals, including the sentiment of retail investors (as it may be expressed on financial trading and other social media sites), the
amount  and  status  of  short  interest  in  our  securities,  access  to  margin  debt,  trading  in  options  and  other  derivatives  on  our  common  stock,
fractional share trading, and other technical trading factors or strategies;
announcements regarding stock repurchases, sales or purchases of our common stock by us, our officers or directors, credit agreements and debt
issuances;
announcements  of  technological  innovations,  new,  additional  or  revised  programs,  business  models,  products  or  product  offerings  by  us,  our
customers or competitors;
key decisions in pending litigation, new litigation, settlements, judgments or decrees; and
general  economic  market  conditions,  including  rising  interest  rates,  inflationary  pressures,  recessions,  consumer  sentiment  and  demand,  global
political conflict and industry factors unrelated to our actual performance.
In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology and medical device companies, in particular, often experience extreme price and
volume  fluctuations  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  corporate  operating  performance.  These  broad  market  and  industry  factors  may  include  market
expectations  of,  or  actual  changes  in,  monetary  policies  that  have  the  goal  of  easing  or  tightening  interest  rates  such  as  the  U.S.  federal  funds  rate  and
austerity  measures  of  governments  intended  to  control  budget  deficits.  Securities  litigation,  including  securities  class  action  lawsuits  and  securities
derivative lawsuits, is often brought against an issuer following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities and we have not been exempt from
such litigation.
We cannot guarantee that we will continue to repurchase our common stock in the future, and any repurchases we may make may not achieve our
desired objectives.
We have a history of recurring stock repurchase programs intended to return capital to our investors. Future stock repurchase programs are contingent
on a variety of factors, including our financial condition, market conditions, results of operations, business requirements, and our continuing determination
that stock repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders and in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements. There is no assurance that we
will continue repurchasing our common stock in the future at historical levels or at all, or that our stock repurchase programs will beneficially impact our
stock price. Additionally, effective January 1, 2023, the Inflation Reduction Act imposes a 1% excise tax on our stock repurchases, which will increase our
tax liabilities and the cost to retire stock and may impact if and how much stock we choose to repurchase in the future.
Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock may depress our stock price.
A significant percentage of our outstanding common stock is currently owned by a small number of stockholders. These stockholders have sold in the
past,  and  may  sell  in  the  future,  large  amounts  of  our  stock  over  relatively  short  periods  of  time.  Sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  our  stock  by  existing
stockholders may adversely affect the market price of our stock by creating the perception of difficulties or problems with our business that may depress
our stock price.
34
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
We have implemented a cross-departmental approach to managing cybersecurity risk, which includes seeking input from our employees, management,
third-party vendors, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”), and the Board of Directors. We devote significant resources
to cybersecurity and risk management processes to adapt to the changing cybersecurity landscape and respond to emerging threats in a timely and effective
manner. We regularly assess the threat landscape and take a holistic view of cybersecurity risks, with a layered cybersecurity strategy based on prevention,
detection  and  response.  To  more  effectively  address  cybersecurity  threats,  we  have  a  dedicated  Chief  Information  Security  Officer  (“CISO”)  who  is
responsible  for  leading  enterprise-wide  information  security  strategy,  policy,  process,  and  technology.  Our  current  CISO  has  20+  years  of  information
security and risk management experience and holds a Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) certification. Our CISO regularly briefs
our Audit Committee on our cybersecurity and information security program and cybersecurity incidents deemed to pose a risk of a critical business impact
or reputational harm. Our cybersecurity risk management program leverages the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) framework, which
organizes cybersecurity risks into five categories: identify, protect, detect, respond and recover. Our information security team, comprised of employees
with an expertise in cybersecurity and information technology, regularly assess the threat landscape and take a holistic view of cybersecurity risks, with a
layered cybersecurity strategy based on prevention, detection, and response.
Our  information  security  program  includes,  among  other  things,  cybersecurity  incident  response,  vulnerability  management,  antivirus  and  malware
protection, technology compliance and risk management, encryption, identity and access management, application security, and security monitoring. The
program also has an information security awareness program, which includes annual training regarding our acceptable use and information classification
and  handling  policies,  regular  phishing  campaigns  complemented  by  additional  employee  training  as  appropriate,  and  communications  and  companion
trainings to keep our users informed on current events.
The  information  security  program’s  ultimate  goal  is  preventing  cybersecurity  incidents  to  the  extent  feasible,  while  simultaneously  increasing  our
system  resilience  to  minimize  the  business  impact  should  an  incident  occur.  In  the  event  of  an  identified  cybersecurity  incident,  we  have  developed  a
detailed  cybersecurity  incident  response  process,  which  outlines  the  steps  to  be  followed  from  incident  detection,  analysis,  containment,  eradication,
recovery,  and  notification,  including  notifying  functional  areas  (e.g.  information  technology,  legal,  finance,  operations,  privacy),  as  well  as  senior
leadership and the Audit Committee, as appropriate. For critical cybersecurity incidents, processes have been established for our legal team to determine
the materiality of each incident.
Our  information  security  team  engages  third-party  services  to  conduct  evaluations  of  our  security  controls,  including  penetration  testing  and
independent audits. Annually, an external auditor conducts a System and Organization Controls (“SOC”) type 2 audit covering the security principle for
systems supporting our products.
Our assessment of risks associated with the use of third-party vendors is part of our overall cybersecurity risk management framework. If a third-party
vendor is unable to provide a SOC 1 or SOC 2 report, our information security team takes additional steps to assess their cybersecurity preparedness and
our initiation or continued engagement with them. Additionally, third-party vendors are required to include security and privacy addendums to our contracts
where applicable and are reassessed periodically as necessary depending on the risk level that has been assigned to the third-party vendor. Our legal team
also requires that our third-party vendors report cybersecurity incidents to us so the impact of the incident on us can be assessed.
Our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing cybersecurity risks and our cybersecurity program. It oversees and reviews our cybersecurity and
other  information  technology  risks,  controls,  policies,  and  procedures.  Our  information  security  team  annually  performs  a  cybersecurity  enterprise  risk
assessment and presents the results to management and the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee periodically reports on its review of cybersecurity risks
and our cybersecurity program to our Board of Directors. In 2023, our CISO or his team met with the Audit Committee four times to discuss cybersecurity
risks and threats.
We  have  not  identified  any  risks  from  known  cybersecurity  threats,  including  as  a  result  of  any  prior  cybersecurity  incidents,  that  have  materially
affected  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect  us,  including  our  operations,  business  strategy,  results  of  operations,  or  financial  condition.
Notwithstanding  the  approach  we  take  to  cybersecurity,  we  may  not  successfully  prevent  or  mitigate  cybersecurity  incidents  that  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on us. While we maintain cybersecurity insurance, the costs related to cybersecurity threats or disruptions may not be covered or, if covered,
fully insured. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of cybersecurity risks.
35
Item 2. Properties.
We occupy several leased and owned facilities. As of December 31, 2023, the significant facilities occupied were as follows:
Location
Tempe, Arizona, U.S.A.
San Jose, California, U.S.A.
Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.
Belen, Heredia, Costa Rica
La Lima, Cartago, Costa Rica
Wroclaw, Poland
Petah Tikva, Israel
Rotkreuz, Switzerland
Juarez, Mexico
Ziyang, China
Lease/Own
Lease
Own
Own
Own
Own
Lease and Own
Lease and Own
Lease
Own
Own
Primary Use
Office for corporate headquarters
Office for research & development and administrative personnel
Office for Americas regional headquarters
Office for administrative personnel, treatment personnel, and customer care
Office for administrative personnel, treatment personnel, and customer care
Manufacturing and office for treatment and administrative personnel
Manufacturing and office for research & development and administrative personnel
Office for EMEA regional headquarters
Manufacturing and office for administrative personnel
Manufacturing and office for administrative personnel
We believe our existing facilities are in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. The facilities noted above are used
mostly by all our reportable segments.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
For a discussion of legal proceedings, refer to Note 7 "Legal Proceedings" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this
Form 10-K.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
36
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
PART II
Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  under  the  symbol  ALGN.  As  of  February  22,  2024,  there  were  approximately  52
holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on
behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.
Performance Graph
Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price
performance  of  our  common  stock  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  with  the  SEC  or  “Soliciting  Material”  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such
information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.
The  graph  below  matches  our  cumulative  5-year  total  stockholder  return  on  common  stock  with  the  cumulative  total  returns  of  the  NASDAQ
Composite index, the S&P 500 index and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100
investment in our common stock and each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2023.
37
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
The following table summarizes the stock repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2023:
Period
October 1, 2023 through October 31, 2023
November 1, 2023 through November 30, 2023
December 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023
Total
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
Average Price
Paid per Share
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of Publicly
Announced Programs
Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Programs
(1)
1,049,538  $
283,335  $
182,183  $
1,515,056 
190.56 
206.89 
227.14 
1,049,538  $
283,335  $
182,183  $
1,515,056 
750,000,000 
691,380,496 
650,000,000 
1 
January 2023 Repurchase Program. In January 2023, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1,000,000,000
of our common stock. See Note 10 “Common Stock Repurchase Programs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the January
2023 Repurchase Program.
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  together  with  our  consolidated  financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A  discussion  regarding  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  for  fiscal  2023  compared  to  fiscal  2022  is  presented  under  Results  of
Operations of this Form 10-K. Discussions regarding our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2022 compared to 2021 have been omitted
from  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  but  can  be  found  in  "Item  7.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2023, which is available
without charge on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and on our investor relations website at investor.aligntech.com.
Executive Overview of Results
Trends and Uncertainties
Our business strategic priorities focus on four principal pillars for growth: (i) international expansion; (ii) GP dentist treatment; (iii) patient demand;
and (iv) orthodontic utilization. Our growth strategy depends on our ability to facilitate the digital transformation of dentistry happening around the world,
our continuous focus on innovation, and expansion to meet and exceed evolving customer expectations as the array of products and services available to
them increases.
We strive to deliver on each of our strategic growth drivers through a variety of interrelated enterprise-wide efforts including:
•
Continuing penetration and adoption of Invisalign products, intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM solutions in international markets by investing in
manufacturing  operations,  research  and  development,  clinical  treatment  planning,  sales  and  marketing  and  building  our  quality  and  regulatory
capabilities in existing and emerging markets globally. For instance, in 2022, we opened a new aligner fabrication facility in Wroclaw, Poland as a
part of our strategy to bring operational facilities closer to customers to serve them more quickly and respond to their needs more effectively as
well  as  new  treatment  planning  operations  in  targeted  regional  geographies.  We  have  also  diversified  our  research  and  development  activities
throughout Europe, which has created a longer term, more stable environment for consistent hiring, retention and innovation in a variety of high
technology sectors. We are in over 100 markets and have 13 fabrication and treatment locations throughout the world.
38
•
•
•
•
•
•
Targeting  growth  opportunities  with  international  orthodontists  and  GP  customers,  particularly  with  adopters  of  digital  dentistry  platforms  by
tailoring our sales and marketing strategies, manufacturing operations and resources around the unique needs of each customer channel. As we
continue growing, we intend to opportunistically expand our research, development, manufacturing, treatment planning, and sales and marketing
operations to meet local and regional demand thoughtfully and deliberately. Over the longer-term, we expect international revenues to grow faster
than Americas' revenues as a result of growing international demand, our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the
market opportunities and our relatively low market penetration in these regions.
Building confidence within the GP and orthodontic communities through training and education efforts to increase their adoption and utilization of
digital dental practice transformation and clear aligner treatment. We continue to expand our clear aligner customer base by educating new doctors
on the benefits of digital dentistry through the Invisalign system. We furthermore demonstrate to GPs and orthodontists how the iTero portfolio of
intraoral  scanners  and  CAD/CAM  restorative  services  and  workflows  can  increase  revenues  and  profitability  for  their  dental  practices  by
enhancing patient experiences and creating operational practice efficiencies.
Investing  in  research  and  development  that  allows  us  to  innovate,  develop  and  bring  to  market  products  and  solutions  that  deliver  the  ever-
increasing clinical precision and predictability that doctors expect with the speed and convenience their patients require.
Creating  demand  and  enabling  patient  conversion  through  targeted  investments  in  advertising  and  public  relations  through  social  media,
influencers  and  other  forms  of  digital  communications  to  encourage  treatment  by  Invisalign  trained  doctors.  We  believe  that  well-designed,
targeted  sales  and  marketing  promotions  that  build  on  our  strong  brand  awareness  allow  us  to  differentiate  our  products  and  solutions  from
traditional  and  emerging  competitors.  To  increase  awareness  and  educate  young  adults,  parents  and  teens  about  the  benefits  of  the  Invisalign
brand, in 2023 we continued to invest in and create campaigns across markets in media platforms such as TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, SnapChat,
WeChat, and Douyin. We expect to make further investments to create additional demand for Invisalign system treatment driving more consumers
to dental professionals for those treatments.
Pursuing  new  product  lines  that  complement  our  doctor-prescribed  principal  products  currently  available  in  certain  e-commerce  and  retail
channels in the U.S. Similarly, in 2023, we continued our focus on our doctor subscription plan and grew our underpenetrated share of the retainer
business  through  strategic  marketing  campaigns  focused  on  driving  adoption  and  increasing  market  share  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  Iberia  and  the
Nordics.
Increasing global orthodontic utilization rates as doctors’ clinical confidence in the efficacy and predictability of the Invisalign system increases
with  advancements  in  products  and  technology  and  as  patients  and  doctors  demand  treatments  that  emphasize  convenience  and  safety  through
fewer visits and less invasive and quicker treatments. In addition, the teenage and younger market makes up about 70% of the approximately 22
million total annual global orthodontic case starts. We continue to emphasize the benefits of the Invisalign system for teenage and younger patient
treatments through education, training and sales and marketing programs. In 2023, we had record shipments to teenage and younger patients. We
expect utilization rates to continue to rise. However, our utilization rates will fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, which may
include seasonal trends in our business, consumer demand due to macroeconomic factors, and adoption rates for new products and features.
Macroeconomic Challenges and Military Conflict in Ukraine and the Middle East
Our revenues are susceptible to fluctuations caused by macroeconomic conditions, inflation, changes to currency exchange rates, rising interest rates,
actual and threatened wars and military actions, threats of or actual recessions, supply chain challenges, market volatility, and other factors, each of which
impacts customer confidence, consumer sentiment and demand. Many of these same factors also impact our costs and those of our suppliers through higher
raw  material  prices,  transportation  costs,  labor  costs,  supply  and  distribution  operations.  In  2023,  we  believe  that  sales  of  our  products  were  primarily
harmed  by  macroeconomic  conditions  that  ultimately  adversely  impacted  disposable  income  and  consumer  demand.  In  particular,  dental  practices  and
industry research firms reported deteriorating orthodontic trends for the third and fourth quarters of 2023, including decreased patient visits and increased
patient appointment cancellations, along with fewer case starts overall, especially among adult patients. The impact of declining demand varied by time and
region, making operational results uncertain and difficult to predict.
Additionally, many of our international operations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In 2023, the macroeconomic slowing or
contraction  resulted  in  foreign  exchange  volatility  causing  the  U.S  dollar  to  strengthen  against  other  currencies.  This  negatively  impacted  our  financial
condition and results of operation compared to 2022. Foreign exchange
39
volatility and the subsequent strengthening or weakening of the U.S dollar against other currencies remains uncertain and unpredictable.
Moreover, military conflicts increase the unpredictability of the volatile macroeconomic conditions. While the military conflict between Russia and
Ukraine did not materially impact our 2023 financial condition and results of operations, we expect the conflict will continue to create market uncertainties
and dampen consumer sentiment and demand, particularly in Europe.
Similarly,  the  recent  conflict  in  the  Middle  East  may  further  exacerbate  general  and  regional  macroeconomic  instability,  particularly  if  fighting  is
prolonged, it spreads to other locations, creates shipping and logistical challenges or cost increases, or leads to sanctions or boycotts. Our iTero business is
headquartered in Israel and the timing and cost of shipping our products has been impacted. Additionally, we have employees and consultants in Israel that
have been called for military service and they may be unavailable for an unknown period of time. The conflict may continue to spread to other areas which
may  further  impact  our  business.  We  continue  to  monitor  the  potential  for  violence  and  military  actions  that  may  directly  or  indirectly  impact  our
personnel, manufacturing, supply chain, and sales.
Changing Product Preferences
As the markets for clear aligners and digital processes and workflows used to transform the practice of dentistry continue to mature, we anticipate
customer  and  patient  expectations  and  demands  will  evolve.  We  expect  to  meet  customer  demands  with  innovative  treatment  options  that  include  more
choices  to  address  a  wider  scope  of  treatment  goals  and  budgets  based  on  our  existing  and  new  products.  This  may  result  in  larger  and  unpredictable
variations in geographic and product mix and selling prices with uncertain implications on our financial statements and business operations.
We strive to manage the challenges from the trends and uncertainties, including the macroeconomic conditions, military conflict and the evolution of
our  target  markets,  by  focusing  on  improving  our  operations,  building  flexibility  and  efficiencies  in  our  processes,  adjusting  our  business  models  to
changing circumstances and offering products that meet market demand. Specifically, we are managing cost impacts through pricing actions, implementing
cost saving measures and slowing hiring. We also continue to innovate and introduce new and enhanced products that augment our doctor customer and
patient experiences.
For instance, in the first quarter of 2023, we successfully launched the Invisalign Comprehensive 3in3 product. The 3in3 configuration offers doctors
Invisalign Comprehensive treatment with a three-year treatment expiration date and three additional clear aligners included prior to the treatment expiration
date. We anticipate adoption of the Invisalign Comprehensive 3in3 product will continue to increase in 2024. The 3in3 product allows us to recognize more
revenue up front but is offered at a lower price as compared to our traditional Invisalign comprehensive product that has a five-year treatment expiration
date with unlimited additional clear aligner prior to the treatment end date.
Further discussion of the impact of these challenges on our business may be found in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under
the heading “Risk Factors.”
Key Financial and Operating Metrics
We  measure  our  performance  against  these  strategic  priorities  by  the  achievement  of  key  financial  and  operating  metrics.  For  the  year  ended
December 31, 2023, our business operations reflect the following:
◦
◦
Revenues of $3,862.3 million, an increase of 3.4% year-over-year;
Clear Aligner revenues of $3,199.3 million, an increase of 4.1% year-over-year;
▪ Americas Clear Aligner case revenues of $1,463.0 million, a decrease of 0.6% year-over-year;
▪
▪
International Clear Aligner case revenues of $1,449.5 million, an increase of 7.4% year-over-year;
Clear  Aligner  volume  increase  of  0.4%  year-over-year  and  Clear  Aligner  volume  increase  for  teenage  patients  of  7.8%  year-
over-year;
Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services revenues of $662.9 million, an increase of 0.1% year-over-year;
Income from operations of $643.3 million and operating margin of 16.7%;
Effective tax rate of 30.6%;
◦
◦
◦
◦ Net income of $445.1 million with diluted net income per share of $5.81;
◦
◦ Operating cash flow of $785.8 million;
◦
◦ Number of employees was 21,610 as of December 31, 2023, a decrease of 6.7% year-over-year.
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $980.8 million as of December 31, 2023;
Capital expenditures of $177.7 million, predominantly related to purchases of property, plant and equipment; and
Other Statistical Data and Trends
40
• As  of  December  31,  2023,  17  million  people  worldwide  have  been  treated  with  our  Invisalign  system.  Management  measures  these  results  by
comparing  to  the  millions  of  people  who  can  benefit  from  straighter  teeth  and  uses  this  data  to  target  opportunities  to  expand  the  market  for
orthodontics by educating consumers about the benefits of straighter teeth using the Invisalign system.
•
•
For the fourth quarter of 2023, total Invisalign cases submitted with a digital scanner in the Americas increased to 95.1%, up from 92.7%* in the
fourth quarter of 2022 and international scans increased to 88.1%, up from 86.8% in the fourth quarter of 2022. For the fourth quarter of 2023,
98.0% of Invisalign cases submitted by North American orthodontists were submitted digitally.
The total utilization rate in 2023 was 19.1 cases per doctor compared to 19.3* cases per doctor in 2022 and 20.9* cases per doctor in 2021. Our
utilization rates have declined in 2023 due to the macroeconomic conditions and other factors as described in the Trends and Uncertainties section
above. In general, we expect utilization rates to rise over time although they are likely to fluctuate from period to period.
• North America: The utilization rate among our North American orthodontist customers was 94.5 cases per doctor in 2023 compared to
94.9* cases per doctor in 2022 and 99.7* cases per doctor in 2021 and the utilization rate among our North American GP customers was
14.0 cases per doctor in 2023 compared to 13.9 cases per doctor in 2022 and 14.3 cases per doctor in 2021.
•
International: International doctor utilization rate was 16.3 cases per doctor in 2023 compared to 16.2 cases per doctor in 2022 and 17.5
cases per doctor in 2021.
* 
Invisalign utilization rates are calculated by the number of cases shipped divided by the number of doctors to whom cases were shipped. Our International region includes Europe,
Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia Pacific (“APAC”). Latin America (“LATAM”) is excluded from the International region based on its immateriality to the year; however
is included in the Total utilization.
During the third quarter of 2023, we began including Touch Up case revenues in Americas and/or International net revenues that were previously included in Non-Case revenues and
have recast business metrics for the periods presented above accordingly.
Results of Operations
41
 
 
Net Revenues by Reportable Segment
We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Systems and Services segment.
• Our Clear Aligner segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenues as defined below:
• Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Comprehensive and Invisalign First.
• Non-Comprehensive  Products  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  Invisalign  Moderate,  Lite  and  Express  packages  and  Invisalign  Go  and
Invisalign Go Plus.
• We  also  offer  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  and  EMEA,  a  Doctor  Subscription  Program  which  is  our  monthly  subscription-based  clear  aligner
program. The program allows doctors the flexibility to order retainers and low-stage “touch-up” clear aligners within their subscribed tier
and is designed for a segment of experienced Invisalign trained doctors who are currently not regularly using our retainers or low-stage
aligners. The low-stage aligners, the Touch up product, are included as a Non-Comprehensive Product.
• Non-Case  products  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  retention  products  including  retention  aligners  ordered  through  the  Doctor
Subscription  Program,  Invisalign  training,  adjusting  tools  used  by  dental  professionals  during  the  course  of  treatment  and  Invisalign
Accessory  Products  that  are  complementary  to  our  doctor-prescribed  principal  products  such  as  aligner  cases  (clamshells),  teeth
whitening products, cleaning solutions (crystals, foam and other material) and other oral health products available in certain commerce
channels in select markets.
• Our Systems and Services segment consists of our iTero intraoral scanning systems, which includes a single hardware platform and restorative or
orthodontic software options. Our services include subscription software, disposables, rentals, leases, pay per scan services, as well as exocad’s
CAD/CAM software solutions that integrate workflows to dental labs and dental practices.
Net  revenues  for  our  Clear  Aligner  and  Systems  and  Services  segments  by  region  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021  are  as
follows (in millions):
Net Revenues
Clear Aligner revenues:
    Americas
    International
    Non-case
Total Clear Aligner net
revenues
Systems and Services net
revenues
Total net revenues
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
Year Ended December 31,
2022
2021
Change
1,463.0  $
1,449.5 
286.9 
1,471.9  $
1,349.0 
251.7 
(9.0)
100.5 
35.2 
(0.6)% $
7.4 %
14.0 %
1,471.9  $
1,349.0 
251.7 
1,548.8  $
1,498.7 
199.6 
(76.9)
(149.7)
52.1 
(5.0)%
(10.0)%
26.1 %
3,199.3  $
3,072.6  $
126.7 
4.1 % $
3,072.6  $
3,247.1  $
(174.5)
(5.4)%
662.9 
3,862.3  $
662.1 
3,734.6  $
0.9 
127.6 
0.1 %
3.4 % $
662.1 
3,734.6  $
705.5 
3,952.6  $
(43.5)
(217.9)
(6.2)%
(5.5)%
During 2023, we began including Touch Up case revenues in Americas and/or International net revenues. Touch Up case revenues were previously recorded in
Non-case  revenues.  We  have  recast  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021  to  reflect  this  change.  Amount  and  percentage  changes  are  based  on  recast  amounts.
Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
42
 
Clear Aligner Case Volume
Case volume data which represents Clear Aligner case shipments for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
Year Ended December 31,
2022
2021
Change
Total case volume
2,408.5 
2,398.4 
10.2 
0.4 %
2,398.4 
2,559.6 
(161.3)
(6.3)%
During 2023, we began including Touch Up case revenues in Americas and/or International net revenues. Touch Up case revenues were previously recorded in
Non-case revenues. We have recast the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 to reflect this change. Amount and percentage changes are based recast amounts. Certain
tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Total  net  revenues  increased  by  $127.6  million  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  Clear  Aligner  average  selling  price
(“ASP”),  an  increase  in  Clear  Aligner  non-case  revenue  and  higher  Systems  and  Services  services  mix,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  both  scanner
volumes and ASP’s.
Clear Aligner - Americas
Americas  net  revenues  decreased  by  $9.0  million  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022,  primarily  due  to  a  2.1%  decrease  in  case  volumes,  resulting  in  a
reduction  of  net  revenues  of  $31.4  million,  partially  offset  by  a  $22.4  million  increase  due  to  higher  ASP.  Higher  ASP  includes  price  increases  which
increased net revenues by $68.6 million along with higher additional aligners which increased net revenues by $43.9 million. The increases in ASP were
partially offset by higher promotional discounts which decreased net revenues by $44.3 million, a product mix shift to lower priced products which reduced
net revenues by $37.6 million and higher sales credits which lowered net revenues $11.5 million.
Clear Aligner - International
International net revenues increased by $100.5 million in 2023 as compared to 2022 due to a 3.5% increase in case volumes, resulting in an increase
of  net  revenues  by  $46.9  million,  and  higher  ASP  increasing  net  revenues  by  $53.6  million.  Higher  ASP  was  largely  due  to  higher  additional  aligners
increasing net revenues by $100.8 million and price increases on most products which increased net revenues by $96.9 million. The increases in ASP were
partially offset by a product mix shift to lower priced products reducing net revenues by $68.2 million, higher promotional discounts which reduced net
revenues by $52.5 million, and unfavorable foreign exchange rates which decreased net revenues by $27.2 million.
Clear Aligner - Non-Case
Non-case net revenues increased by $35.2 million in 2023 compared to 2022 mainly due to increased volume of Vivera retainers across all regions
which includes retention aligners ordered through our Doctor Subscription Program.
Systems and Services
Systems and Services net revenues decreased by $0.9 million in 2023 as compared to 2022 primarily due to a lower number of scanners sold which
lowered net revenues by $26.1 million and lower scanner ASP which reduced net revenues by $23.9 million. The decrease in scanner net revenues was
mostly offset by higher service revenues of $31.8 million and other revenues which increased $19.1 million primarily due to revenue from sales of certified
pre-owned scanners, CAD/CAM software, and scanner rentals.
43
 
Cost of net revenues and gross profit (in millions):
Clear Aligner
Cost of net revenues
% of net segment revenues
Gross profit
Gross margin %
Systems and Services
Cost of net revenues
% of net segment revenues
Gross profit
Gross margin %
Total cost of net revenues
% of net revenues
Gross profit
Gross margin %
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
$
$
$
$
$
$
911.3 
28.5 %
2,288.0 
71.5 %
244.1 
36.8 %
418.8 
63.2 %
1,155.4 
29.9 %
2,706.9 
70.1 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
844.4 
27.5 %
2,228.2 
72.5 %
256.4 
38.7 %
405.6 
61.3 %
1,100.9 
29.5 %
2,633.8 
70.5 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
66.9  $
844.4 
27.5 %
59.9  $
2,228.2 
(12.3) $
13.2  $
72.5 %
256.4 
38.7 %
405.6 
61.3 %
54.5  $
1,100.9 
29.5 %
73.1  $
2,633.8 
70.5 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
772.7 
23.8 %
2,474.4 
76.2 %
244.5 
34.7 %
461.0 
65.3 %
1,017.2 
25.7 %
2,935.4 
74.3 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
71.7 
(246.2)
11.9 
(55.4)
83.6 
(301.6)
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Cost of net revenues includes personnel-related costs including payroll and stock-based compensation for staff involved in the production process, the
cost of materials, packaging, freight and shipping related costs, depreciation on capital equipment and facilities used in the production process, amortization
of acquired intangible assets and training costs.
Clear Aligner
The gross margin percentage decreased in 2023 as compared to 2022 primarily due to a increased manufacturing spend offset by higher ASP.
Systems and Services
The gross margin percentage increased in 2023 as compared to 2022 primarily due to lower purchase price variance and higher service revenue mix,
partially offset by lower ASP.
Selling, general and administrative (in millions):
Selling, general and administrative
% of net revenues
$
Year Ended December 31,
2023
1,703.4 
$
44.1 %
2022
1,674.5 
44.8 %
Change
$
28.9  $
Year Ended December 31,
2022
1,674.5 
$
44.8 %
2021
1,708.6 
43.2 %
Change
$
(34.2)
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Selling, general and administrative expense generally includes personnel-related costs, including payroll, stock-based compensation and commissions
for our sales force, marketing and advertising expenses including media, market research, marketing materials, clinical education, trade shows and industry
events,  legal  and  outside  service  costs,  equipment,  software  and  maintenance  costs,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  and  allocations  of  corporate
overhead expenses including facilities and Information Technology (“IT”).
Selling, general and administrative expense increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher employee costs, including higher salaries
expense, fringe benefits, stock-based compensation and bonus, offset by lower advertising and marketing and outside service provider costs.
44
 
 
 
 
Research and development (in millions):
Research and development
% of net revenues
$
346.8 
$
305.3 
$
41.6  $
305.3 
$
250.3 
$
54.9 
9.0 %
8.2 %
8.2 %
6.3 %
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Research and development expense generally includes personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, outside service costs
associated  with  the  research  and  development  of  new  products  and  enhancements  to  existing  products,  software,  equipment,  material  and  maintenance
costs, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.
Research and development expense increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher employee costs, including higher salaries expense,
fringe benefits, stock-based compensation and bonus as we continue to focus our investments in innovation and research.
Restructuring and other charges (in millions):
Restructuring and other charges
% of net revenues
$
13.3 
$
0.3 %
$
11.5 
0.3 %
1.9  $
$
11.5 
0.3 %
$
— 
— %
11.5 
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Restructuring and other charges incurred during 2023 was primarily related to post employment benefits, including employee severance.
Income from operations (in millions):
Clear Aligner
Income from operations
Operating margin %
Systems and Services
Income from operations
Operating margin %
1
Total income from operations 
Operating margin %
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
$
$
$
1,182.3 
37.0 %
191.4 
28.9 %
643.3 
16.7 %
$
$
$
1,134.4 
36.9 %
179.8 
27.2 %
642.6 
17.2 %
$
$
$
47.8  $
1,134.4 
11.6  $
0.7  $
36.9 %
179.8 
27.2 %
642.6 
17.2 %
$
$
$
1,325.9 
40.8 %
259.1 
36.7 %
976.4 
24.7 %
$
$
$
(191.4)
(79.4)
(333.8)
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
1
    Refer to Note 15 “Segments and Geographical Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on unallocated corporate expenses and
the reconciliation to Consolidated Income from Operations.
Clear Aligner
Operating  margin  percentage  remained  relatively  flat  in  2023  compared  to  2022  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  gross  margin  which  was  offset  by
operating leverage.
Systems and Services
Operating margin percentage increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher gross margin.
Interest income (in millions):
45
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
% of net revenues
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
$
17.3 
$
0.4 %
$
5.4 
0.1 %
11.9  $
$
5.4 
0.1 %
$
3.1 
0.1 %
2.3 
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Interest income generally includes interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances.
Interest income increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher interest rates during 2023.
Other income (expense), net (in millions):
Other income (expense), net
% of net revenues
$
(19.4)
(0.5)%
$
(48.9)
(1.3)%
$
29.5  $
(48.9)
(1.3)%
$
32.9 
$
0.8 %
(81.8)
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Other income (expense), net, generally includes foreign exchange gains and losses, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts, interest
expense, gains and losses on equity investments and other miscellaneous charges.
Other income (expense), net decreased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates offset slightly by
losses in investments in private companies.
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes (in millions):
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Effective tax rates
$
196.2 
30.6 %
$
237.5 
39.6 %
$
(41.3) $
237.5 
39.6 %
$
240.4 
23.7 %
$
(2.9)
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Change
2022
2021
Change
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
The decrease in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 is primarily attributable to the
application of newly issued tax guidance, including IRS Notice 2023-55 and a change in our jurisdictional mix of income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity and Trends
As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  had  the  following  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  and  long-term  marketable  securities  (in
thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities, short-term
Marketable securities, long-term
Total
December 31,
2023
2022
937,438  $
35,304 
8,022 
980,764  $
942,050 
57,534 
41,978 
1,041,562 
$
$
As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  approximately  $784.7  million  and  $653.7  million,  respectively,  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  marketable
securities were held by our foreign subsidiaries. We intend to reinvest our foreign subsidiary earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S. and do not expect to
incur significant additional costs upon repatriation of these foreign earnings. We generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and have access to $300.0
million under our revolving line of
46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
credit. We believe that our current cash balances and the borrowing capacity under our credit facility, if necessary, will be sufficient to fund our business for
at least the next 12 months.
Our material cash requirements as of December 31, 2023 are as below:
• Our  purchase  commitments  consist  primarily  of  open  purchase  orders  for  goods  and  services,  including  manufacturing  inventory,  supplies  and
services,  sales  and  marketing,  research  and  development  services  and  technological  services,  issued  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Our
purchase commitments totaled $1,234.5 million. We anticipate a majority, an estimated $861.5 million, will be payable within the next 12 months.
These purchase commitments exclude capital expenditures.
• We  expect  our  investments  in  capital  expenditures  to  be  approximately  $100.0  million  for  the  next  12  months.  Capital  expenditures  primarily
relate  to  building  construction  and  improvements  as  well  as  additional  manufacturing  capacity  due  to  international  expansion.  Despite  the
challenging market conditions, we intend to expand our investments in research and development, manufacturing, treatment planning, sales and
marketing operations to meet actual and anticipated local and regional demands.
• We  have  future  operating  lease  payments  of  $153.5  million,  which  includes  $13.3  million  for  leases  that  have  not  yet  commenced  as  of
December 31, 2023. Refer to Note 4 “Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the lease payments.
• We  have  approximately  $650.0  million  available  for  repurchases  of  our  common  stock  under  the  stock  repurchase  program  authorized  by  our
Board of Directors in January 2023 (“January 2023 Repurchase Program”). Our stock repurchase program is subject to periodic evaluations  to
determine when and if repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders, taking into account prevailing market conditions. Refer to Note 10
“Common  Stock  Repurchase  Programs”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  details  on  our  stock  repurchase  programs.
Beginning in fiscal year 2023 our stock repurchases, net of certain issuances, were subject to a 1% excise tax. This excise tax is not expected to
have a material impact on our liquidity or capital resources.
• On January 2, 2024 we completed the acquisition of the remaining interest in privately held Cubicure GmbH for total purchase consideration of
approximately  $87  million.  We  paid  approximately  $79  million  in  cash,  which  represents  the  total  purchase  consideration  less  credit  for  our
previously owned interest.
• As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  no  material  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  that  have,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  have,  a  current  or  future
material impact on our liquidity or capital resources.
Sources and Use of Cash
The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and
restricted cash
$
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash $
785,776  $
(195,943)
(598,340)
4,671 
(3,836) $
568,732  $
(213,316)
(501,686)
(11,514)
(157,784) $
1,172,544 
(563,430)
(458,332)
(12,117)
138,665 
Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2023, cash flows from operations of $785.8 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $445.1
million as well as the following:
Significant adjustments to net income
• Stock-based compensation of $154.0 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors; and
47
 
 
• Depreciation and amortization of $142.4 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
Significant changes in working capital
•
•
•
Inflow of $46.3 million, net from accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to higher incentive accruals for 2023, as well as timing of
payments of other activities;
Inflow of $86.7 million, net from deferred revenues due to the deferral of revenue on shipments;
Inflow of $30.2 million, net from inventories primarily due to lower purchases of materials used in manufacturing; and
• Outflow of $104.6 million, net from accounts receivable due to timing of collections and increased revenues.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, cash flows from operations of $568.7 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $361.6
million as well as the following:
Significant adjustments to net income
• Stock-based compensation of $133.4 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors;
• Depreciation and amortization of $125.8 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets; and
Significant changes in working capital
•
Inflow of $241.9 million, net from deferred revenues due to the deferral of revenue on shipments over the period as well as timing of revenue
recognition;
• Outflow of $130.1 million, net from inventories primarily due to lower shipment volumes over the period in addition to our efforts to manage
stock at appropriate levels as required; and
• Outflow of $121.9 million, net from accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to the payment of our 2021 corporate bonus as well as
timing payment of other activities.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $195.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 which primarily consisted of purchases of property,
plant and equipment of $177.7 million which included a building acquisition for $24.5 million, an investment in the equity of a privately held company of
$77.0 million and purchases of marketable securities of $2.9 million, partially offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $61.4 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $213.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 which primarily consisted of purchases of property,
plant and equipment of $291.9 million, purchases of marketable securities of $28.0 million and $12.3 million cash paid relating to a business acquisition.
These outflows were partially offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $121.1 million.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $598.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 which consisted of payments to repurchase shares of
our common stock of $602.4 million and payroll taxes paid for equity awards through share withholdings of $22.6 million, which were partially offset by
$26.6 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock.
Net cash used in financing activities was $501.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 which consisted of payments to repurchase shares of
our common stock of $475.0 million and payroll taxes paid for equity awards through share withholdings of $52.8 million, which were partially offset by
$26.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements
requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at
the date of the financial statements. We
48
evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis and use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making the
estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  estimates  affect  our  more  significant  judgments  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial
statements. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition
Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of aligners, scanners, and services from our Clear Aligner and Systems and Services segments. We
enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not
delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenues according to ASC 606-10, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers.”
Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) in order to allocate consideration from the contract to the individual performance obligations is the
result of various factors, such as historical prices, changing trends and market conditions, costs, and gross margins. While changes in the allocation of the
SSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact
the  timing  of  revenue  recognition,  which  would  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial  position  and  result  of  operations.  This  is  because  the  contract
consideration  is  allocated  to  each  performance  obligation,  delivered  or  undelivered,  at  the  inception  of  the  contract  based  on  the  SSP  of  each  distinct
performance obligation.
We allocate consideration for each clear aligner treatment plan based on each unit’s SSP. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or
similar  product  historical  sales,  costs,  and  gross  margin,  which  may  vary  over  time  depending  upon  the  unique  facts  and  circumstances  related  to  each
performance  obligation  in  making  these  estimates.  In  addition  to  historical  data,  we  take  into  consideration  changing  trends  and  market  conditions.  For
treatment plans with multiple options, we also consider usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order more aligners after the
initial shipment. Our process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region,
country and channel.
We estimate the SSP of each element in a scanner system and services sale taking into consideration same or similar product historical prices as well
as our discounting strategies. For CAD/CAM services, we estimate the SSP of each element, including the initial software license and maintenance and
support, using data such as historical prices.
Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners
Our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future
related  to  these  performance  obligations  are  $1,578.3  million  and  $1,515.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  This  includes
performance obligations from the Clear Aligner reportable segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to
five  years.  This  also  includes  performance  obligations  from  our  Systems  and  Services  reportable  segment,  primarily  services  and  support,  which  are
fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance
obligations  and  the  time  range  reflects  our  best  estimate  of  when  we  will  transfer  control  to  the  customer  and  may  change  based  on  customer  usage
patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.
Impairment of Goodwill and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  at  least  annually  on  November  30th  or  more  frequently  if  indicators  of  impairment  are  identified  between
annual testing dates. Goodwill is tested for impairment between annual testing dates when events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting
unit has been reduced below its carrying value. When an indicator of impairment is identified we perform a quantitative impairment assessment in which
we determine the fair value of a reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value of the respective reporting unit. We generally determine the fair value of
a reporting unit via a discounted cash flow analysis and allocate the net assets of the Company to each reporting unit to determine carrying value. We will
record an impairment charge when our quantitative impairment analysis indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Both the
determination of fair value and carrying value of a reporting unit require management to exercise significant judgement related to operating assumptions
and estimates and allocation methodologies.
49
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset (asset group) may
not be recoverable. When an impairment indicator is identified, we perform a recoverability test, in which the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows
expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset (asset group) are compared to the carrying value of the asset (asset group). When our
recoverability test results in undiscounted cash flows more than carrying value, no impairment is recorded. However, when our recoverability test results in
undiscounted cash flows that are less than carrying value, we determine the fair value of the asset (asset group) and reduce the carrying amount of the asset
(asset group), through an impairment charge, to its fair value. The process of identifying impairment indicators, preparing an undiscounted cash flow and
determining the fair value of the asset (asset group) require management to exercise significant judgement related to various assumptions and estimates.
If we were to have impairments to goodwill or finite-lived intangible assets, it could adversely affect our operating results. During the years ended
2023 and 2022, we did not have any impairment charges related to our goodwill or finite-lived intangible assets.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and  numerous  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  evaluation  of  our  uncertain  tax  positions  involves  significant
judgment  in  the  interpretation  and  application  of  U.S.  GAAP  and  complex  domestic  and  international  tax  laws  related  to  the  allocation  of  international
taxation rights between countries. We are also required to evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis in accordance with U.S.
GAAP, which requires the assessment of both of our historical and future performance as well as other relevant factors. Realization of our deferred tax
assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income which is determined based on assumptions such as estimated growth rates in revenues,
gross  margins,  future  cash  flows  and  discount  rates.  The  accuracy  of  these  estimates  could  be  affected  by  unforeseen  events  or  actual  results,  and  the
sustainability of our future tax benefits is dependent upon the acceptance of these valuation estimates and assumptions by the taxing authorities.
Accounting for Legal Proceedings and Litigation
Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation are inherently difficult to make, particularly when the matters are in early procedural stages with
incomplete facts and information. The final outcome of legal proceedings is dependent on many variables difficult to predict and, therefore, the ultimate
cost  to  entirely  resolve  such  matters  may  be  materially  different  than  the  amount  of  current  estimates.  Consequently,  new  information  or  changes  in
judgments and estimates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting
pronouncements,  including  the  expected  dates  of  adoption  and  estimated  effects,  if  any,  on  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  which  is
incorporated herein.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  exposed  to  interest  rate,  foreign  currency  exchange  and  inflation  risks  that  could  impact  our  financial
position and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to the broad market risk that is created by the global market disruptions and uncertainties
resulting from macroeconomic challenges, various military conflicts and consumer confidence. Further discussion on these risks may be found in Item 1A
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors”.
Interest Rate Risk
Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income on our cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. Our
investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in
interest rates, and, as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities
which  have  declined  in  market  value  due.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  approximately  $43.3  million  invested  in  available-for-sale  marketable
securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.
50
We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest
rate risk exposure. As of December 31, 2023, we are not subject to risks from immediate interest rate increases on our unsecured revolving line of credit
facility.
Currency Rate Risk
As a result of our international business activities, our financial results have been affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange
rates as well as economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future.
We  generally  sell  our  products  in  the  local  currency  of  the  respective  countries.  This  provides  some  natural  hedging  because  most  of  the  subsidiaries’
operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies.
We enter into foreign currency forward contracts for currencies where we have exposures, primarily the Euro, British Pound, Chinese Yuan, Polish
Zloty and Canadian Dollar, to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cash and certain trade and intercompany
receivables  and  payables. These  forward  contracts  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  and  are  generally  one  month  in  original  maturity  and  are
marked  to  market  through  earnings  every  period.  The  gains  and  losses  on  these  forward  contracts  are  intended  to  offset  the  gains  and  losses  in  the
underlying  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  being  economically  hedged.  We  do  not  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward
contracts for trading or speculative purposes. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating
to fluctuations in currency rates. It is difficult to predict the impact forward contracts could have on our results of operations.
Although we will continue to monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, where appropriate, may use forward contracts to minimize the effect
of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations
and financial position could be material.
Inflation Risk
The economy has been impacted by certain macroeconomic challenges which have contributed to a rising inflationary trend that have impacted both
our  revenues  and  costs  globally,  and  which  we  expect  will  continue  into  the  foreseeable  future.  If  our  costs  become  subject  to  significant  inflationary
pressures,  we  may  not  be  able  to  fully  offset  such  higher  costs  through  price  increases.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  results  of  operations  and
financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.
51
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
52
Page
53
54
56
57
58
59
60
61
 
 
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO
and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of Align; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align’s assets that could
have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023.  In  making  this  assessment,
management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework (2013) issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”).
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based
on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023  has  been  audited  by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN        
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2024
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI 
John F. Morici
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance
February 28, 2024
53
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023
and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of
December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting,
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal
Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
54
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue Recognition – Determination of Standalone Selling Price of Distinct Performance Obligations in Clear Aligner Contracts
As  described  in  Notes  1  and  15  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  recognized  net  revenues  of  $3.2  billion  from  its  Clear  Aligner
segment  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  Company  enters  into  contracts  (“treatment  plans”)  that  involve  multiple  future  performance
obligations. Management identifies a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or
service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to
the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Management allocates revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s
standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may
vary  over  time  depending  upon  the  unique  facts  and  circumstances  related  to  each  performance  obligation  in  making  these  estimates.  In  addition  to
historical data, they take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. Management also considers usage rates, which is the number of times a
customer is expected to order additional aligners. Management’s process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs,
including historical usage data by region, country and channel.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures related to revenue recognition and the determination of standalone selling
price of distinct performance obligations in Clear Aligner contracts is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in determining the
estimate of standalone selling price, which includes significant assumptions related to usage rates for each distinct performance obligation. This in turn led
to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s determination of the estimates of standalone
selling price and usage rates for each distinct performance obligation.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated
financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to  revenue  recognition,  including  controls  over  the
determination  of  standalone  selling  price  for  each  distinct  performance  obligation  in  the  Company’s  Clear  Aligner  contracts.  These  procedures  also
included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which included testing the completeness
and accuracy of inputs used and evaluating the reasonableness of factors considered by management related to same or similar product historical sales and
usage  rates,  and  (ii)  testing  management’s  process  for  estimating  usage  rates,  which  included  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  inputs  evaluated  by
management related to historical usage data by region, country and channel.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1997.
55
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
2023
2022
2021
Year Ended December 31,
Net revenues
Cost of net revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Restructuring and other charges
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income and other income (expense), net:
Interest income
Other income (expense), net
Total interest income and other income (expense), net
Net income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income per share:
Basic
Diluted
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
3,862,260  $
1,155,397 
2,706,863 
1,703,379 
346,830 
13,316 
2,063,525 
643,338 
17,258 
(19,392)
(2,134)
641,204 
196,151 
445,053  $
5.82  $
5.81  $
76,426 
76,568 
3,734,635  $
1,100,860 
2,633,775 
1,674,469 
305,258 
11,453 
1,991,180 
642,595 
5,367 
(48,905)
(43,538)
599,057 
237,484 
361,573  $
4.62  $
4.61  $
78,190 
78,420 
3,952,584 
1,017,229 
2,935,355 
1,708,640 
250,315 
— 
1,958,955 
976,400 
3,103 
32,920 
36,023 
1,012,423 
240,403 
772,020 
9.78 
9.69 
78,917 
79,670 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
56
 
 
 
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
445,053  $
361,573  $
772,020 
28,419 
3,033 
31,452 
476,505  $
(11,480)
(3,130)
(14,610)
346,963  $
(38,680)
(495)
(39,175)
732,845 
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
57
 
 
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities, short-term
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $14,893 and $10,343, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Marketable securities, long-term
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenues
Total current liabilities
Income tax payable
Operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 8)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 75,075 and 77,267 issued and
outstanding, respectively)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
December 31,
2023
2022
937,438  $
35,304 
903,424 
296,902 
273,550 
2,446,618 
8,022 
1,290,863 
117,999 
419,530 
82,118 
1,590,045 
128,682 
6,083,877  $
113,125  $
525,780 
1,427,706 
2,066,611 
116,744 
96,968 
173,065 
2,453,388 
942,050 
57,534 
859,685 
338,752 
226,370 
2,424,391 
41,978 
1,231,855 
118,880 
407,551 
95,720 
1,571,746 
55,826 
5,947,947 
127,870 
454,374 
1,343,643 
1,925,887 
124,393 
100,334 
195,975 
2,346,589 
— 
— 
7 
1,162,140 
21,168 
2,447,174 
3,630,489 
6,083,877  $
8 
1,044,946 
(10,284)
2,566,688 
3,601,358 
5,947,947 
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
58
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Net income
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from
investments
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity
1
compensation plans 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of
equity awards
Common stock repurchased and retired
Stock-based compensation
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Net income
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from
investments
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity
1
compensation plans 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of
equity awards
Common stock repurchased and retired
Equity forward contract related to accelerated stock
repurchase
Stock-based compensation
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Net income
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from
investments
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity
compensation plans
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of
equity awards
Common stock repurchased and retired
Equity forward contract related to accelerated stock
repurchase
Stock-based compensation
Common Stock
Amount
Shares
78,860 
— 
— 
— 
442 
— 
(592)
— 
78,710 
— 
— 
— 
305 
— 
(1,748)
— 
— 
77,267 
— 
— 
— 
335 
(70)
(2,457)
— 
— 
75,075  $
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
974,556 
— 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), Net
43,501 
— 
— 
— 
(495)
(38,680)
25,623 
(108,917)
(6,592)
114,336 
999,006 
— 
— 
— 
26,149 
(52,799)
(20,777)
(40,000)
133,367 
1,044,946 
— 
— 
— 
26,595 
(22,575)
(30,852)
— 
— 
— 
— 
4,326 
— 
(3,130)
(11,480)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(10,284)
— 
3,033 
28,419 
— 
— 
— 
Retained
Earnings
2,215,800 
772,020 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(368,446)
— 
2,619,374 
361,573 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(414,259)
— 
— 
2,566,688 
445,053  $
Total
3,233,865 
772,020 
(495)
(38,680)
25,623 
(108,917)
(375,038)
114,336 
3,622,714 
361,573 
(3,130)
(11,480)
26,149 
(52,799)
(435,036)
(40,000)
133,367 
3,601,358 
445,053 
—  $
—  $
3,033 
28,419 
—  $
26,595 
—  $
(564,567) $
(22,575)
(595,420)
(10,000)
154,026 
1,162,140  $
— 
— 
21,168  $
—  $
—  $
2,447,174  $
(10,000)
154,026 
3,630,489 
8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1)
— 
— 
7  $
Balance as of December 31, 2023
1
   Includes tax withholding shares related to net share settlements of equity awards.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
59
 
 
 
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands) 
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
445,053  $
361,573  $
772,020 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Non-cash operating lease cost
Impairments on equity investments
Arbitration award gain
Other non-cash operating activities
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued and other long-term liabilities
Long-term income tax payable
Deferred revenues
                   Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities
Repayment on unsecured promissory note
Proceeds from arbitration award
Purchase of equity investments
Other investing activities
                   Net cash used in investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Common stock repurchases
Activity for equity forward contracts related to accelerated stock repurchase agreements, net
Payroll taxes paid upon the vesting of equity awards
                    Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
            Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year
26,595 
(592,360)
(10,000)
(22,575)
(598,340)
4,671 
(3,836)
942,355 
938,519  $
26,149 
(435,036)
(40,000)
(52,799)
(501,686)
(11,514)
(157,784)
1,100,139 
942,355  $
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60
(18,642)
142,401 
154,026 
33,107 
4,990 
— 
32,733 
(104,614)
30,169 
(51,013)
(7,703)
46,327 
(7,772)
86,714 
785,776 
— 
(177,716)
(2,910)
55,170 
6,234 
— 
— 
(76,999)
278 
(195,943)
(39,495)
125,793 
133,367 
30,520 
— 
— 
41,288 
21,549 
(130,097)
(65,514)
(36,523)
(121,942)
6,327 
241,886 
568,732 
(12,304)
(291,900)
(28,002)
23,785 
97,316 
— 
— 
— 
(2,211)
(213,316)
15,455 
108,729 
114,336 
26,807 
— 
(43,403)
24,363 
(262,066)
(112,450)
(124,626)
19,747 
158,543 
12,449 
462,640 
1,172,544 
(8,002)
(401,098)
(200,928)
498 
3,114 
4,594 
43,403 
— 
(5,011)
(563,430)
25,623 
(375,038)
— 
(108,917)
(458,332)
(12,117)
138,665 
961,474 
1,100,139 
 
 
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business Description
TM
TM
Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of
Invisalign®  clear  aligners  for  the  treatment  of  malocclusions,  or  the  misalignment  of  teeth,  by  orthodontists  and  general  dental  practitioners  (“GPs”),
Vivera
  retainers  for  retention,  iTero   intraoral  scanners  and  services  for  dentistry,  and  exocad   computer-aided  design  and  computer-aided
manufacturing  (“CAD/CAM”)  software  for  dental  laboratories  and  dental  practitioners.  Our  vision  and  strategy  is  to  revolutionize  orthodontic  and
restorative  dentistry  through  digital  treatment  planning  and  implementation  using  our  Align  Digital  Platform ,  an  integrated  suite  of  proprietary
technologies  and  services  designed  to  deliver  a  seamless,  end-to-end  solution  for  patients,  consumers,  orthodontists,  GPs  and  lab  partners.  We  strive  to
achieve  our  vision  and  strategy  through  key  objectives  made  possible  with  the  proprietary  technologies  and  services  of  the  Align  Digital  Platform  to
establish:  clear  aligners  as  the  principal  solution  for  the  treatment  of  malocclusions  with  the  Invisalign  system  as  the  treatment  solution  of  choice  by
orthodontists, GPs and patients globally, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans and our exocad CAD/CAM
software  as  the  dental  restorative  solution  of  choice  for  dental  labs.  Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  in  Tempe,  Arizona  and  we  have  offices
worldwide.  Our  Americas  regional  headquarters  is  located  in  Raleigh,  North  Carolina;  our  European,  Middle  East  and  Africa  (“EMEA”)  regional
headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland; and our Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore. We have two operating
segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign system, and (2) Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”), known as the
iTero intraoral scanner and CAD/CAM services.
TM
TM
Basis of Presentation and Preparation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States  of  America,  (“GAAP”)  and  include  the  accounts  of  Align  and  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  after  elimination  of  intercompany  transactions  and
balances.  
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis,
we  evaluate  our  estimates,  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  useful  lives  of  intangible  assets  and  property,  plant  and  equipment,  goodwill,
income taxes, contingent liabilities, deferred revenues, the fair values of financial instruments, stock-based compensation and the valuation of investments
in  privately  held  companies  among  others.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be
reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
In  September  2023,  we  completed  an  assessment  of  the  useful  lives  of  certain  manufacturing  equipment  used  in  cutting,  forming,  assembling  and
scanning.  We  adjusted  the  estimated  useful  life  from  ten  (10)  years  to  thirteen  (13)  years.  This  change  in  accounting  estimate  was  effective  beginning
September 2023. These updated useful lives were applied to applicable assets in service as of the date of change and will be applied prospectively as assets
are placed in service. Based on the carrying amount of the assets recorded in our property, plant and equipment, net balance prior to the change, the effect
of this change in estimate for fiscal year 2023 was a reduction in depreciation expense of approximately $5.4 million and an increase in net income of
$3.7 million, or $0.05 per share basic and diluted, for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date. We  use  the  GAAP  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to
measure  fair  value.  This  hierarchy  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when
measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
61
    
Level  2  -  Observable  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  in  Level  1,  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets,
quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be  corroborated  by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset
managers  independently  use  professional  pricing  services  to  gather  pricing  data  which  may  include  quoted  market  prices  for  identical  or  comparable
financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly. We are ultimately responsible for these underlying
estimates.
Level  3  -  Unobservable  inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  that  are  significant  to  the
measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using
pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider cash on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the
date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements. Restricted cash balances are primarily included in other assets within our
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Marketable Securities
Our marketable securities balance consists of marketable debt securities which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Our
fixed-income  securities  investment  portfolio  allows  for  investments  with  a  maximum  effective  maturity  of  up  to  40  months  on  any  individual  security.
Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities within one year from the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities
are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net (“AOCI”) in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from sales and maturities
of marketable securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. 
All of our marketable securities are subject to a periodic impairment review. We evaluate if an allowance for credit loss is necessary by considering
available  information  relevant  to  the  collectability  of  the  security  and  information  about  credit  rating  changes,  past  events,  current  conditions,  and
reasonable and supportable forecasts. Any allowance for credit loss is recorded as a charge to other income (expense), net, in our Consolidated Statement of
Operations. If we have an intent to sell, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security in an unrealized loss position before
recovery of its amortized cost basis, we will write down the security to its fair value and record the corresponding charge as a component of other income
(expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Variable Interest Entities
We  evaluate  whether  an  entity  in  which  we  have  made  an  investment  is  considered  a  variable  interest  entity  (“VIE”).  If  we  determine  we  are  the
primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate
whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the
right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an
assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology,
product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessment of whether we are the
primary  beneficiary  of  a  VIE  require  management  to  exercise  significant  judgement  and  utilize  assumptions.  We  have  concluded  that  we  are  not  the
primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements.
Investments in Privately Held Companies
Our investments in privately held companies in which we cannot exercise significant influence and do not own a majority equity interest or otherwise
control are accounted for as an investment in equity securities. We have elected to account for all investments in equity securities in accordance with the
measurement alternative. Under the measurement alternative, we record
62
the value of our investments in equity securities at cost, minus impairment, if any. Additionally, we adjust the carrying value of our investments equity
securities to fair value for observable transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.
On  April  24,  2023,  we  entered  into  a  Subscription  Agreement  (the  "Subscription  Agreement")  with  Heartland  Dental  Holding  Corporation
(“Heartland”) who is an affiliate of KKR Core Holding Company LLC, which is an investment vehicle managed or advised by, or otherwise affiliated with,
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. Heartland is a dental support organization (“DSO”) that provides nonclinical administrative and support services to
supported  dental  professional  corporations  (“PCs”).  Pursuant  to  the  Subscription  Agreement  we  acquired  less  than  a  5%  equity  interest  through  the
purchase of Class A Common Stock for $75 million. In connection with the Subscription Agreement, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement, by and
among us, Heartland Dental Topco, LLC (“Topco”) and funds and accounts managed by affiliates of KKR & Co. Inc. (“KKR”), and a Side Letter, by and
among us, Heartland, Topco and KKR (the "Side Letter"). Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Side Letter, we agreed to provisions applicable to
Heartland’s stockholders, including certain drag-along and voting obligations. We are not the primary beneficiary of nor are we able to exercise significant
influence over Heartland. As such, we are accounting for our investment in Heartland as an investment in equity securities.
Similar  to  our  other  investments  in  equity  securities,  Heartland  is  accounted  for  under  the  measurement  alternative.  Based  on  review  of  our
investment in Heartland, we determined that no adjustments to the carrying value were necessary; therefore, it is properly reflected on our Consolidated
Balance Sheet in other assets at $75 million.
Investments in equity securities are reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as other assets. We record any change in carrying value of our equity
securities, in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The carrying value of our investments in equity securities, exclusive
of Heartland, were not material as of December 31, 2023 or 2022 and the associated adjustments to the carrying values of the investments were not material
during the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Our investments in privately held companies in which we can exercise significant influence are accounted for as equity method investments. We have
elected to account for our equity method investments under the fair value option. The carrying value of our equity method investments are reported on our
Consolidated Balance Sheet as other assets and are not material as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.
On September 6, 2023, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire privately held Cubicure GmbH (“Cubicure”). The purchase price for the
transaction will be approximately $87 million subject to customary closing adjustments and adjustments for Align’s existing ownership of capital stock of
Cubicure. The acquisition closed on January 2, 2024. Refer to Note 17 “Subsequent Events" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with
certain  assets  and  liabilities.  These  forward  contracts  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments.  The  gains  and  losses  on  these  forward  contracts  are
intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do
not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency
forward contracts is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Foreign Currency
For  our  international  subsidiaries,  we  analyze  on  an  annual  basis  or  more  often,  if  necessary,  if  a  significant  change  in  facts  and  circumstances
indicate  that  the  functional  currency  of  the  subsidiary  has  changed.  For  international  subsidiaries  where  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency,
adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded to change in foreign currency
translation  adjustment,  net  of  tax  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  This  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment  reflects  the
translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at the transaction date or average exchange rate in effect during the
period.  Foreign  currency  remeasurement  gains  and  losses  that  are  derived  from  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  stated  in  a  currency  other  than  the
international subsidiaries functional currency are included in other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we had
foreign currency translation net gains (losses) of $(7.0) million, $(43.8) million and $(13.3) million, respectively.
Certain Risks and Uncertainties
63
 
We  are  subject  to  risks  including,  but  not  limited  to,  global  and  regional  economic  market  conditions,  inflation,  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency
exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, increased competition, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary
technology, shifts in taxable income between tax jurisdictions and compliance with regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and
similar international agencies. Further, our operations globally, particularly in prior years, have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.
Our  cash  and  investments  are  held  primarily  by  five  financial  institutions.  Financial  instruments  which  potentially  expose  us  to  concentrations  of
credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, corporate bonds, asset-
backed securities, municipal and U.S. government agency bonds and treasury bonds and periodically evaluate them for credit losses. Such credit losses
have not been material to our financial statements.
We  purchase  certain  inventory  from  sole  suppliers.  Additionally,  we  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  hardware  manufacturers.  The  inability  of  any
supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.
Accounts Receivable, net
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts for any potentially
uncollectible amounts. We periodically assess the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by reviewing the accounts receivable on a collective
basis  and  giving  consideration  to  various  factors  including  the  aging  of  the  receivables  and  a  customers’  expected  ability  to  pay.  For  specific  customer
accounts receivable balances, we consider known disputes and past collectability issues. In determining the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts,
we also evaluate the creditworthiness of customers, current market conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions to make any adjustments. Actual
write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowances. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable, net
balance at December 31, 2023 or 2022 nor net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 or 2021.
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  entered  into  factoring  transactions  on  a  non-recourse  basis  with  financial  institutions  to  sell
certain of our non-U.S. accounts receivable. We account for these transactions as sales of financial assets and include the cash proceeds as a part of our cash
flows from operations in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Total accounts receivable sold under factoring arrangements was $51.2 million and
$37.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Factoring fees incurred on the sales of accounts receivable were recorded
in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and were not material.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-
in-first-out  basis.  Excess  and  obsolete  inventories  are  determined  primarily  based  on  future  demand  forecasts,  and  write-downs  of  excess  and  obsolete
inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and
equipment  that  are  not  ready  for  their  intended  use  and  have  not  yet  been  placed  in  service.  Upon  sale  or  retirement,  the  asset’s  cost  and  related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in income from operations. Maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 “Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated
useful lives.
Leases - Lessee
We determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet.
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease
payments arising from the lease. A ROU asset and lease liability is recognized on the lease commencement date. The lease liability is determined based on
the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date
in determining the present value of lease payments as the rate implicit in our leases is not readily determinable. The ROU asset consists of the initial lease
liability adjusted for lease incentives received and any initial direct costs incurred. The lease term
64
represents the noncancellable period of the lease and may include options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option.
We  have  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components  which  are  accounted  for  as  a  single  lease  component.  Payments  under  our  lease
arrangements  are  primarily  fixed;  however,  certain  lease  agreements  contain  variable  payments  which  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  not  included  in  the
ROU asset and lease liability balances. The short-term portion of our lease liabilities is recorded in accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Business Combinations
We  allocate  the  fair  value  of  the  purchase  consideration  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values  at  the
acquisition  date.  When  determining  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  management  is  required  to  make  certain  estimates  and
assumptions,  especially  with  respect  to  determining  the  fair  value  of  intangible  assets.  The  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  valuing  intangible  assets
include, but are not limited to, the amount and timing of projected future cash flows including forecasted revenues, the discount rate used to determine the
present  value  of  these  cash  flows,  and  the  determination  of  the  assets’  life  cycle.  Amounts  recorded  in  a  business  combination  may  change  during  the
measurement  period,  which  is  a  period  not  to  exceed  one  year  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  as  additional  information  about  conditions  existing  at  the
acquisition date becomes available.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in a business
combination and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination. These assets are amortized using the straight-
line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from eight to ten years reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected
to be realized.
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  at  least  annually  on  November  30th  or  more  frequently  if  indicators  of  impairment  are  identified  between
annual testing dates.  
We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying amount. In performing this qualitative assessment, we
identify  and  consider  the  significance  of  relevant  key  factors,  events,  and  circumstances  that  affect  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units.  These  factors
include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial
performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value
measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the
fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, then we will perform a
quantitative impairment test which compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount
of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  would  be  recorded  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  amount  of  the
excess. Management is required to exercise significant judgement when identifying the relevant assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair
value and carrying value of our reporting units.
Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets (including ROU assets) and finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  (asset  group)  may  not  be  recoverable.  Factors  we  consider  important  which  could  trigger  a  quantitative
impairment test include but are not limited to significant negative industry or economic trends, significant adverse changes in our competitive environment
and  a  significant  loss  of  customers.  If  an  impairment  indicator  is  identified,  we  perform  a  quantitative  impairment  analysis  in  which  we  compare  the
carrying  value  of  an  asset  (asset  group)  to  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  the  asset  (asset  group)  is  expected  to  generate.  An  asset  (asset  group)  is
considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows. If an asset (asset group) is deemed to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset (asset group)
65
exceeds its fair value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our assets (asset groups) require significant judgment based on our historical and
anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions.
Development Costs for Internal Use Software
Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized
costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly
associated with the development of the applications. Capitalized internally developed software costs were not material as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.
Development Costs for Software to be Marketed
The  costs  to  develop  software  that  is  marketed  externally  have  not  been  capitalized  as  we  believe  our  current  software  development  process  is
essentially  completed  concurrent  with  the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility.  As  such,  all  related  software  development  costs  are  expensed  as
incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Product Warranty
We offer assurance warranties on our products which provide the customer assurance that the product will function as intended because it complies
with  agreed-upon  specifications;  therefore,  our  warranties  are  not  treated  as  a  separate  revenue  performance  obligation  in  accordance  with  the  revenue
standard but rather are accounted for as guarantees.
Clear Aligner
We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete except in the case of retainers, which are warranted
up to three months from expected first use. We accrue for warranty costs, which are primarily based on historical product failure rates as well as current
information on replacement cost.
Systems and Services
We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which includes materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average
historical  repair  costs.  An  extended  warranty  may  be  purchased  for  an  additional  fee.  Sales  of  extended  warranties  are  accounted  for  as  a  separate
performance obligation and recorded as revenue.
We warrant our CAD/CAM software for a one year period to perform in accordance with agreed product specifications. As we have not historically
incurred any material warranty costs, we do not accrue for these software warranties.
Warranty costs are recorded in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. We regularly review our warranty liability and update these balances
based on historical warranty cost trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however future actual warranty
costs could differ from the estimated amounts.
Revenue Recognition
Our  revenues  are  derived  primarily  from  the  sale  of  aligners,  scanners,  and  services  from  our  Clear  Aligner  and  Systems  and  Services  reportable
segments. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales
contract  are  not  delivered  in  one  reporting  period.  We  measure  and  allocate  revenues  according  to  ASC  606-10,  “Revenues  from  Contracts  with
Customers.”
We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on
its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) in order to allocate consideration from the
contract to the individual performance obligations is the result of various factors, such as historical prices, changing trends and market conditions, costs,
and gross margins. While changes in the allocation of the SSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for
a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and
result of operations. This is because the contract consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the
contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.
66
 
     
Clear Aligner
We enter into contracts (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First Phase
1,  Invisalign  First  Comprehensive  Phase  2,  Invisalign  Adult,  Invisalign  Standard,  Invisalign  Moderate,  Invisalign  Go,  Invisalign  Go  Plus,  and  Lite  and
Express Packages include optional additional aligners at no charge for a certain period of time ranging from six months to five years after initial shipment.
Our treatment plans comprise the following performance obligations that also represent distinct deliverables: initial aligners, the option of additional
aligners. We take the practical expedient to consider shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the performance obligation. Where processing fees
are charged, the consideration received from the fees are included in the total consideration. We allocate consideration for each treatment plan based on
each unit’s standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin,
which  may  vary  over  time  depending  upon  the  unique  facts  and  circumstances  related  to  each  performance  obligation  in  making  these  estimates.  In
addition  to  historical  data,  we  take  into  consideration  changing  trends  and  market  conditions.  For  treatment  plans  with  multiple  future  options,  we  also
consider  usage  rates,  which  is  the  number  of  times  a  customer  is  expected  to  order  additional  aligners.  Our  process  for  estimating  usage  rates  requires
significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel. We recognize the revenues upon shipment, as
the  customers  obtain  physical  possession  and  we  have  enforceable  rights  to  payment.  As  we  collect  most  consideration  upfront,  we  consider  whether  a
significant  financing  component  exists;  however,  as  the  delivery  of  the  performance  obligations  are  at  the  customer’s  discretion,  we  conclude  that  no
significant financing component exists.
Systems and Services
We  sell  intraoral  scanners  and  CAD/CAM  services  through  both  our  direct  sales  force  and  distribution  partners.  The  intraoral  scanner  sales  price
includes  one  year  of  warranty  and  unlimited  scanning  services.  The  customer  may  also  select,  for  additional  fees,  extended  warranty  and  unlimited
scanning  services  for  periods  beyond  the  initial  year.  When  intraoral  scanners  are  sold  with  an  unlimited  scanning  service  agreement  and/or  extended
warranty, we allocate revenues based on the respective SSP of the scanner and the subscription service. We estimate the SSP of each element, taking into
account factors such as same or similar historical prices and discounting strategies. Revenues are then recognized over time as the monthly services are
rendered and upon shipment of the scanner, as that is when we deem the customer to have obtained control. We also have a rental program, where scanners
are leased to customers. The contracts for the program are treated as operating leases, and the revenue is recognized ratably over the lease term.
CAD/CAM services, where sold separately, include the initial software license and maintenance and support. We allocate revenues based upon the
respective  SSPs  of  the  software  license  and  the  maintenance  and  support.  We  estimate  the  SSP  of  each  element  using  data  such  as  historical  prices.
Revenues related to the software license are recognized upfront and revenues related to the maintenance and support are recognized over time. For both
scanner and service sales, most consideration is collected upfront and in cases where there are payment plans, consideration is collected within one year
and, therefore, there are no significant financing components.
Volume Discounts
In certain situations, we offer promotions in which the discount will increase depending upon the volume purchased over time. We concluded that in
these  situations,  the  promotions  can  represent  either  variable  consideration  or  options,  depending  upon  the  specifics  of  the  promotion.  In  the  event  the
promotion contains an option, the option is considered a material right and, therefore, included in the accounting for the initial arrangement. We estimate
the average anticipated discount over the lifetime of the promotion or contract, and apply that discount to each unit as it is sold. On a quarterly basis, we
review our estimates and, if needed, updates are made and changes are applied prospectively.
Accrued Sales Return Reserve
We provide a reserve for sales returns based on historical sales returns as a percentage of revenues. 
Costs to Obtain a Contract
We offer a variety of commission plans to our salesforce; each plan has multiple components. To match the costs to obtain a contract to the associated
revenues, we evaluate the individual components and capitalize the eligible components, recognizing the costs over the treatment period. The capitalized
costs to obtain contracts were $25.1 million and $27.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and are included in other assets in our
Consolidated Balance Sheets. We
67
recognized amortization on our costs to obtain a contract of $12.5 million, $20.8 million, and $17.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023,
2022, and 2021, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners
Our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future
related  to  these  performance  obligations  are  $1,578.3  million  and  $1,515.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  This  includes
performance obligations from the Clear Aligner reportable segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to
five  years.  This  also  includes  performance  obligations  from  our  Systems  and  Services  reportable  segment,  primarily  services  and  support,  which  are
fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance
obligations  and  the  time  range  reflects  our  best  estimate  of  when  we  will  transfer  control  to  the  customer  and  may  change  based  on  customer  usage
patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.
Contract Balances
The timing of revenue recognition results in deferred revenues being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For both aligners and scanners,
we usually collect the total consideration owed prior to all performance obligations being satisfied with payment terms generally varying from net 30 to net
180  days.  Contract  liabilities  are  recorded  as  deferred  revenue,  which  is  generated  based  upon  the  timing  of  invoices  and  recognition  patterns,  not
payments.  If  the  revenue  recognition  exceeds  the  billing,  the  excess  amount  is  considered  an  unbilled  receivable  or  a  contract  asset.  Conversely,  if  the
billing occurs prior to the revenue recognition, the amount is considered deferred revenue and a contract liability.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling charges to customers as well as processing fees are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in
cost of net revenues.
Legal Proceedings and Litigation
We  are  involved  in  legal  proceedings  on  an  ongoing  basis.  If  we  believe  that  a  loss  arising  from  such  matters  is  probable  and  can  be  reasonably
estimated,  we  accrue  the  estimated  loss  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  If  only  a  range  of  estimated  losses  can  be  determined,  we  accrue  an
amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other
amount, we accrue the low end of the range.
Investment in SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”)
After  tendering  of  our  SDC  equity  interest  in  2019,  on  July  3,  2019,  we  filed  a  demand  for  arbitration  regarding  SDC’s  calculation  of  the  “capital
account” balance. On March 12, 2021, the arbitrator ruled in our favor and against SDC and issued an award of $43.4 million along with interest. The gain
of $43.4 million was recognized as a part of our other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operation during the year ended December
31, 2021.
Research and Development
Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  include  costs  associated  with  the  research  and  development  of  new  products  and
enhancements  to  existing  products.  These  costs  primarily  include  personnel-related  costs,  including  payroll  and  stock-based  compensation,  equipment,
material  and  maintenance  costs,  outside  consulting  expenses,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  and  allocations  of  corporate  overhead  expenses
including facilities and information technology (“IT”).
Advertising Costs
The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we incurred advertising costs of
$201.2 million, $222.0 million and $325.6 million, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
68
We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of
estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock purchase plan shares. We use a Monte
Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of market based restricted stock units which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term,
stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. For restricted stock units which vest based on performance conditions, we use the stock price on the
grant date to estimate the fair value and stock-based compensation cost is recorded based on expected attainment of performance targets. Forfeitures are
estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
Income Taxes
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur
in  the  calculation  of  certain  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  which  arise  from  differences  in  the  timing  of  recognition  of  revenues  and  expenses  for  tax  and
financial statement purposes.
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in
which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting
from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in our
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than
not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for
our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of estimates due to new information. To
the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated
Statement of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.
We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax
assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets.
We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of
future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not
that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets
that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable.
Common Stock Repurchase
We repurchase our own common stock from time to time under stock repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors. We account for these
repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that is in excess of par value between additional paid-in
capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted
In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic
805)  Accounting  for  Contract  Assets  and  Contract  Liabilities  from  Contracts  with  Customers,”  which  requires  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities
acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers as if the acquirer
had originated the contracts. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2022
on  a  prospective  basis  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  early  adopted  this  standard  during  2022  which  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
(ii) Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
On  November  27,  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-07,  “Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures.”  The  amendments  in  this  update
improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about
69
significant segment expenses. For public business entities, the provisions of ASU 2023-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023
and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. Companies must apply the guidance retrospectively
to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is evaluating the effect of this pronouncement on its annual consolidated financial
statements.
On December 14, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.” The amendments in this ASU require a public
entity to disclose in tabular format, using both percentages and reporting currency amounts, specific categories in the rate reconciliation and to provide
additional  information  for  reconciling  items  that  meet  a  quantitative  threshold.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  also  require  taxes  paid  (net  of  refunds
received)  to  be  disaggregated  by  federal,  state,  and  foreign  taxes  and  further  disaggregated  for  specific  jurisdictions  to  the  extent  the  related  amounts
exceed a quantitative threshold. For public business entities, the provisions of ASU 2023-09 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect of this pronouncement on its annual consolidated financial statements.
Note 2. Financial Instruments
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities
The  following  tables  summarize  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  and  marketable  securities  recorded  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of
December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
December 31, 2023
Cash
Money market funds
Corporate bonds
U.S. government treasury bonds
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Total
December 31, 2022
Cash
Money market funds
Corporate bonds
U.S. government treasury bonds
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Total
Amortized
Cost
887,682  $
49,756 
31,943 
4,855 
1,416 
702 
5,215 
981,569  $
Amortized
Cost
712,921  $
229,129 
69,390 
20,559 
4,514 
3,447 
5,231 
1,045,191  $
$
$
$
$
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Cash and cash
equivalents
Reported as:
Marketable
securities, short-
term
Marketable
securities, long-
term
—  $
— 
5 
— 
2 
— 
— 
7  $
—  $
— 
(676)
(99)
(1)
(2)
(34)
(812) $
887,682  $
49,756 
31,272 
4,756 
1,417 
700 
5,181 
980,764  $
887,682  $
49,756 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
937,438  $
—  $
— 
28,704 
— 
719 
700 
5,181 
35,304  $
— 
— 
2,568 
4,756 
698 
— 
— 
8,022 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Cash and cash
equivalents
Reported as:
Marketable
securities, short-
term
Marketable
securities, long-
term
—  $
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
1 
2  $
—  $
— 
(2,915)
(549)
(37)
(61)
(69)
(3,631) $
712,921  $
229,129 
66,475 
20,010 
4,478 
3,386 
5,163 
1,041,562  $
712,921  $
229,129 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
942,050  $
—  $
— 
36,510 
15,404 
2,909 
2,711 
— 
57,534  $
— 
— 
29,965 
4,606 
1,569 
675 
5,163 
41,978 
The following tables summarizes the fair value of our available-for-sale marketable securities classified by contractual maturity as of December 31,
2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
Due in 1 year or less
Due in 1 year through 5 years
Total
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
34,617  $
8,709 
43,326  $
51,037 
48,475 
99,512 
70
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  securities  that  we  invest  in  are  generally  deemed  to  be  low  risk  based  on  their  credit  ratings  from  the  major  rating  agencies.  The  longer  the
duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities
purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. Our unrealized losses as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are primarily due to changes in
interest rates and credit spreads.
The following tables summarize the gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, aggregated by investment category and length of time
that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position (in thousands):
Less than 12 months
As of December 31, 2023
12 Months or Greater
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
$
$
$
$
—  $
2,044 
1,018 
— 
4,003 
7,065  $
—  $
(11)
(1)
— 
(11)
(23) $
27,939  $
2,712 
83 
700 
1,178 
32,612  $
(676)
(88)
— 
(2)
(23)
(789)
$
$
Less than 12 months
As of December 31, 2022
12 Months or Greater
(676)
(99)
(1)
(2)
(34)
(812)
27,939  $
4,756 
1,101 
700 
5,181 
39,677  $
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss
10,639  $
5,262 
2,636 
— 
3,017 
21,554  $
(440) $
(177)
(17)
— 
(5)
(639) $
54,634  $
14,748 
1,275 
2,412 
1,136 
74,205  $
(2,475)
(372)
(20)
(61)
(64)
(2,992)
$
$
65,273  $
20,010 
3,911 
2,412 
4,153 
95,759  $
(2,915)
(549)
(37)
(61)
(69)
(3,631)
December 31, 2023
Corporate bonds
U.S. government treasury bonds
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Total
December 31, 2022
Corporate bonds
U.S. government treasury bonds
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Total
Fair Value Measurements
The following tables summarize our financial assets measured at fair value and categorized by fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
(in thousands):
Description
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds
Short-term investments:
Corporate bonds
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Asset-backed securities
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds
Corporate bonds
Asset-backed securities
Balance as of December
31, 2023
Level 1
Level 2
$
49,756  $
49,756  $
28,704 
700 
5,181 
719 
4,756 
2,568 
698 
93,082  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
49,756  $
$
71
— 
28,704 
700 
5,181 
719 
4,756 
2,568 
698 
43,326 
 
 
Description
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds
Short-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds
Corporate bonds
Municipal bonds
Asset-backed securities
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds
Corporate bonds
Municipal bonds
U.S. government agency bonds
Asset-backed securities
Balance as of December
31, 2022
Level 1
Level 2
$
229,129  $
229,129  $
15,404 
36,510 
2,711 
2,909 
4,606 
29,965 
675 
5,163 
1,569 
328,641  $
15,404 
— 
— 
— 
4,606 
— 
— 
— 
— 
249,139  $
$
— 
— 
36,510 
2,711 
2,909 
— 
29,965 
675 
5,163 
1,569 
79,502 
We had no financial assets that were categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the year ended December 31, 2023 or 2022.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Recurring foreign currency forward contracts
We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets
and liabilities. These forward contracts are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. As a result of the settlement of foreign currency forward
contracts, we recognized a net loss of $15.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The net gain recognized during the year ended 2022 was not
material and we recognized a net gain of $18.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of
foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding was not material.
72
 
The following tables present the gross notional value of all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in
thousands):
Euro
Canadian Dollar
Polish Zloty
British Pound
Chinese Yuan
Swiss Franc
Japanese Yen
Israeli Shekel
Brazilian Real
Mexican Peso
New Zealand Dollar
Australian Dollar
New Taiwan Dollar
Czech Koruna
Korean Won
Euro
Polish Zloty
Canadian Dollar
Chinese Yuan
British Pound
Japanese Yen
Israeli Shekel
Swiss Franc
Brazilian Real
Mexican Peso
New Zealand Dollar
Australian Dollar
Czech Koruna
New Taiwan Dollar
December 31, 2023
Local Currency
Amount
Notional Contract
Amount (USD)
€337,780 $
C$108,900
PLN276,900
£45,590
¥244,500
CHF28,600
¥3,577,000
ILS78,700
R$80,500
M$230,000
NZ$6,600
A$4,300
NT$89,000
Kč60,200
₩2,200,000
$
373,705 
82,166 
70,393 
58,005 
34,361 
34,132 
25,347 
21,800 
16,563 
13,593 
4,161 
2,921 
2,919 
2,687 
1,709 
744,462 
December 31, 2022
Local Currency
Amount
Notional Contract
Amount (USD)
€186,900 $
PLN365,988
C$109,000
¥471,000
£41,200
¥6,200,000
ILS110,030
CHF25,000
R$141,200
M$230,000
NZ$6,000
A$4,000
Kč56,000
NT$60,000
$
200,010 
83,307 
80,514 
68,223 
49,677 
47,196 
31,383 
27,165 
26,839 
11,746 
3,806 
2,721 
2,469 
1,959 
637,015 
73
Note 3. Balance Sheet Components
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands): 
Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands): 
Value added tax receivables
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):
Clinical and manufacturing equipment
Building
Leasehold improvements
Computer software and hardware
Land
Furniture, fixtures and other
Construction in progress
Total
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment charges
Total property, plant and equipment, net
$
$
$
$
Generally Used Estimated
Useful Life
Up to 13 years
20 years
1
Lease term 
3 years
—
2-5 years
—
December 31,
2023
2022
145,492  $
91,259 
60,151 
296,902  $
December 31,
2023
2022
143,728  $
52,487 
77,335 
273,550  $
172,758 
96,558 
69,436 
338,752 
140,484 
69,124 
16,762 
226,370 
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
703,805  $
517,554 
62,216 
125,633 
63,875 
122,820 
245,722 
1,841,625 
(550,762)
1,290,863  $
583,776 
466,003 
64,238 
120,544 
58,885 
102,933 
285,202 
1,681,581 
(449,726)
1,231,855 
    Shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets
1
Depreciation was $126.0 million, $109.8 million and $92.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 
Accrued payroll and benefits
Accrued expenses
Accrued income taxes
Accrued sales and marketing expenses
Current operating lease liabilities
Accrued property, plant and equipment
Other accrued liabilities
Total accrued liabilities
74
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
220,862  $
71,109 
38,103 
34,035 
29,651 
23,618 
108,402 
525,780  $
149,508 
64,341 
74,323 
36,407 
26,574 
19,922 
83,299 
454,374 
 
 
Accrued  warranty  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  which  is  included  in  the  “Other  accrued  liabilities”  category  in  the  accrued  liabilities  table
above, consists of the following activity (in thousands):
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2021
Charged to cost of net revenues
Actual warranty expenditures
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2022
Charged to cost of net revenues
Actual warranty expenditures
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2023
Deferred revenues consist of the following (in thousands):
Deferred revenues - current
1
Deferred revenues - long-term 
    Included in Other long-term liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheets
1
$
$
16,169 
16,429 
(14,725)
17,873 
18,248 
(13,695)
22,426 
December 31,
2023
2022
$
1,427,706  $
138,000 
1,343,643 
160,662 
During the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we recognized $3,862.3 million and $3,734.6 million of net revenues, respectively, of which
$732.4 million and $635.3 million was included in the deferred revenues balance at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Note 4. Leases
Lessee Information
We have operating leases for our digital treatment planning and office facilities, retail spaces, vehicles and office equipment. The components of lease
expenses consist of following (in thousands):
Lease Cost
1
Operating lease cost 
2
Variable lease cost 
Total lease cost
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
44,614  $
16,013 
60,627  $
37,919  $
22,084 
60,003  $
33,241 
11,134 
44,375 
    Includes expense associated with short term leases of less than 12 months which is not material
1
    Includes payments related to agreements with embedded leases that are not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet. These costs are primarily associated with our
2
manufacturing supply arrangements and fluctuate based on factory output and material price changes.
The following table provides a summary of our operating lease terms and discount rates:
Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate
December 31,
2023
2022
6.2
3.7 %
7.2
3.5 %
75
As of December 31, 2023, the future payments related to our operating lease liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: Imputed interest
Total lease liabilities
Operating Leases
33,838 
28,381 
22,449 
16,933 
12,746 
25,901 
140,248 
(13,629)
126,619 
$
$
As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  additional  leases  that  have  not  yet  commenced  with  future  lease  payments  of  $13.3  million.  These  leases  will
commence during 2024 with non-cancelable lease terms of two to five years.
Lessor Information
We lease iTero intraoral scanners to customers which are classified as operating leases. Our portfolio of leased iTero scanners included in Property,
plant and equipment, net are as follows:
Scanners under operating leases, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation
Scanners under operating leases, net
As of December 31, 2023, the future lease payments due to us are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
Total lease payments
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
27,145  $
(9,815)
17,330  $
22,914 
(3,919)
18,995 
Operating Leases
22,737 
18,170 
8,908 
49,815 
$
$
For the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, operating lease income was $16.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively and for the year ended
December  31,  2021,  operating  lease  income  was  not  material.  Operating  lease  income  is  recorded  in  net  revenues  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of
Operations.
76
Note 5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  completed  an  immaterial  business  combination  which  increased  goodwill  and  existing  technology
intangible assets.
Goodwill
The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, categorized by reportable segment, is as follows (in
thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Additions from acquisition
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2023
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Total
$
$
112,208  $
— 
(2,728)
109,480 
1,606 
111,086  $
306,339  $
8,729 
(16,997)
298,071 
10,373 
308,444  $
418,547 
8,729 
(19,725)
407,551 
11,979 
419,530 
We completed our annual goodwill impairment assessments in 2023 and 2022 and determined there were no impairments.
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Acquired finite lived intangible assets were as follows, excluding intangible assets that were fully amortized (in thousands):
Existing technology
Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Patents
Foreign currency translation adjustments
1
Total intangible assets, net 
Weighted Average
Amortization Period
(in years)
10
10
10
8
Gross Carrying Amount
as of
December 31, 2023
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2023
$
$
112,051  $
21,500 
16,600 
6,511 
156,662  $
(45,331) $
(8,063)
(7,605)
(6,082)
(67,081) $
(4,328) $
— 
(4,122)
— 
(8,450)
$
62,392 
13,437 
4,873 
429 
81,131 
987 
82,118 
1
    Also includes $34.3 million of fully amortized intangible assets related to customer relationships.
Existing technology
Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Patents
Foreign currency translation adjustments
1
Total intangible assets, net 
Weighted Average
Amortization Period
(in years)
10
10
10
8
$
$
Gross Carrying
Amount as of
December 31, 2022
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2022
112,051  $
21,500 
17,200 
6,511 
157,262  $
(33,537) $
(5,913)
(6,442)
(5,288)
(51,180) $
(4,328) $
— 
(4,122)
— 
(8,450)
$
74,186 
15,587 
6,636 
1,223 
97,632 
(1,912)
95,720 
1
    Also includes $33.5 million of fully amortized intangible assets related to customer relationships.
For the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we did not identify any impairment triggering events that would indicate that the carrying value of
our finite-lived intangible assets was not recoverable.
77
 
 
The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 is as follows (in thousands):
Amortization
$
$
15,335 
14,959 
14,353 
11,992 
10,890 
13,602 
81,131 
Fiscal Year
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total
Amortization expense was $16.4 million, $16.0 million and $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Note 6. Credit Facility
We  have  a  credit  facility  that  provides  for  a  $300.0  million  unsecured  revolving  line  of  credit,  along  with  a  $50.0  million  letter  of  credit.  On
December 23, 2022, we amended certain provisions in our credit facility which included extending the maturity date on the facility to December 23, 2027
and replacing the interest rate from the existing LIBOR with SOFR (“2022 Credit Facility”). The 2022 Credit Facility requires us to comply with specific
financial conditions and performance requirements. Loans under the 2022 Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either a rate based on the SOFR for
the applicable interest period or a base rate, in each case plus a margin. As of December 31, 2023, we had no outstanding borrowings under the 2022 Credit
Facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements in all material respects.
Note 7. Legal Proceedings
2019 Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit
In January 2019, three derivative lawsuits were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California which were later consolidated,
purportedly  on  our  behalf,  naming  as  defendants  the  then  current  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  along  with  certain  of  our  executive  officers.  The
complaints assert various state law causes of action, including for breaches of fiduciary duty, insider trading, and unjust enrichment. The complaints seek
unspecified monetary damages on our behalf, which is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought, as well as disgorgement
and the costs and expenses associated with the litigation, including attorneys’ fees. The consolidated action is currently stayed. Defendants have not yet
responded to the complaints.
On  April  12,  2019,  a  derivative  lawsuit  was  also  filed  in  California  Superior  Court  for  Santa  Clara  County,  purportedly  on  our  behalf,  naming  as
defendants the members of our Board of Directors along with certain of our executive officers. The allegations in the complaint are similar to those in the
derivative suits described above. The matter is currently stayed. Defendants have not yet responded to the complaint.
We  believe  these  claims  are  without  merit.  We  are  currently  unable  to  predict  the  outcome  of  these  lawsuits  and  therefore  cannot  determine  the
likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.
Antitrust Class Actions
On June 5, 2020, a dental practice named Simon and Simon, PC doing business as City Smiles brought an antitrust action in the U.S. District Court
for the Northern District of California on behalf of itself and a putative class of similarly situated practices seeking treble monetary damages, interest, costs,
attorneys’  fees,  and  injunctive  relief  relating  to  our  alleged  market  activities  in  alleged  clear  aligner  and  intraoral  scanner  markets.  Plaintiff  filed  an
amended complaint and added VIP Dental Spas as a plaintiff on August 14, 2020. On December 18, 2023, the court certified a class of persons or entities
that purchased Invisalign directly from Align between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2022. We filed a petition with the Ninth Circuit seeking to appeal the
certification ruling. The court denied Plaintiffs’ motion to certify a class of purchasers of scanners. On February 21, 2024, the court granted Align’s motion
for summary judgment on all claims brought by the plaintiffs.
78
    
On May 3, 2021, an individual named Misty Snow brought an antitrust action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on
behalf of herself and a putative class of similarly situated individuals seeking treble monetary damages, interest, costs, attorneys’ fees, and injunctive relief
relating to our alleged market activities in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanner markets based on Section 2 of the Sherman Act. Plaintiffs have filed
several amended complaints adding new plaintiffs, various state law claims, and allegations based on Section 1 of the Sherman Act. On November 29,
2023,  the  court  certified  a  class  of  indirect  purchasers  of  Invisalign  between  July  1,  2018  and  December  31,  2023  and  a  class  of  indirect  purchasers  of
Invisalign seeking injunctive relief. We filed a petition with the Ninth Circuit seeking to appeal this ruling under Rule 23(f) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On February 21, 2024, the court granted Align’s motion for summary judgment on the claims related to Section 2 allegations. A jury trial is
scheduled to begin in this matter on January 21, 2025 for issues related to Section 1 allegations. We believe the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and we
intend to vigorously defend ourselves.
We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore we cannot determine the likelihood of loss, if any, nor estimate a range
of possible loss.
SDC Dispute
On  August  27,  2020,  we  initiated  a  confidential  arbitration  proceeding  against  SmileDirectClub  LLC  (“SDC”)  before  the  American  Arbitration
Association in San Jose, California. This arbitration relates to the Strategic Supply Agreement (“Supply Agreement”) entered into between the parties in
2016. The complaint alleges that SDC breached the Supply Agreement’s  terms,  causing  damages  to  us  in  an  amount  to  be  determined.  On  January  19,
2021, SDC filed a counterclaim alleging that we breached the Supply Agreement. On May 3, 2022, SDC filed an additional counterclaim alleging that we
breached the Supply Agreement. We denied SDC's allegations in the counterclaims.
On  October  27,  2022,  the  arbitrator  issued  an  interim  award  on  our  claims  and  SDC’s  first  counterclaim  finding  that  SDC  breached  the  Supply
Agreement, we did not breach the Supply Agreement, and SDC caused harm to us. Based on these findings, the arbitrator awarded us an interim award of
$63 million in damages.
On May 18, 2023, the arbitrator issued a final award on SDC’s second counterclaim, finding that Align did not breach the Supply Agreement. The
final award subsumed the interim award on our claims and SDC’s first counterclaim and concluded the Supply Agreement arbitration proceedings.
On March 6, 2023, Align filed a petition to confirm the arbitrator’s interim award in the Superior Court for Santa Clara County.
On May 30, 2023, Align filed a petition to confirm the final award in the Superior Court of Santa Clara County. On August 21, 2023, the Superior
Court  issued  an  order  confirming  the  Interim  and  Final  Awards.  On  September  8,  2023,  the  Superior  Court  entered  judgment  in  Align’s  favor  for
$63 million in damages.
On September 29, 2023, SDC and certain affiliates filed bankruptcy petitions under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas. On January 26, 2024, SDC’s bankruptcy cases were converted from cases under chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In conjunction therewith, Allison D. Byman was appointed as the chapter 7 trustee
in SDC’s bankruptcy cases. The extent to which Align will be able to collect any or all of its $63 million judgment through SDC’s bankruptcy proceedings
is unknown.
In  addition  to  the  above,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  operations,  we  are  involved  in  a  variety  of  claims,  suits,  investigations,  and  proceedings,
including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach
of  contract  claims,  tax,  and  other  matters.  Regardless  of  the  outcome,  these  proceedings  can  have  an  adverse  impact  on  us  because  of  defense  costs,
diversion  of  management  resources,  and  other  factors.  Although  the  results  of  complex  legal  proceedings  are  difficult  to  predict  and  our  view  of  these
matters  may  change  in  the  future  as  litigation  and  events  related  thereto  unfold;  we  currently  do  not  believe  that  these  matters,  individually  or  in  the
aggregate, will materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies
Tax Matter
During the quarter ended September 30, 2023, the Company received a notice and initial assessment, in the amount of approximately $27 million,
from His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) for unpaid value added tax (“VAT”) related to certain clear aligner sales made during the period of
June 2022 through May 2023. We are required to pay this initial
79
assessment prior to contesting or litigating the assessment in administrative and judicial proceedings. The Company has historically asserted and continues
to  assert  that  doctor  prescribed  clear  aligners  sold  by  dentists  for  the  orthodontic  treatment  of  patient  malocclusions  are  exempt  from  VAT,  that  the
Company  has  reasonably  relied  upon  statements  and  guidance  by  HMRC  and  that  the  Company’s  interpretation  of  United  Kingdom  legislation  is
appropriate. However, it is not possible at this stage to accurately evaluate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome of any legal challenges brought by the
Company against HMRC disputing this initial assessment and any assessments for other past periods, if any. Accordingly, the Company has determined
that a potential loss related to unpaid VAT is not probable. As such, we have not recorded a contingent loss for the initial assessment in our Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company acknowledges that this matter poses risks of litigation and the
ultimate resolution of this matter could result in an unfavorable ruling, which consequently could lead to a significant loss to the Company. As of December
31, 2023, if an unfavorable ruling is issued, we estimate a potential exposure up to approximately $100 million, excluding interest and penalties.
Indemnification Provisions
In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and
other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made
by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that will require us, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements
limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.
It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and
circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have
made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, to the extent
that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations  or  cash  flows  in  a  particular  period.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  did  not  have  any  material  indemnification  claims  that  were  probable  or
reasonably possible.
Note 9. Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
The  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  whenever  funds  are  legally  available  and  when  and  if  declared  by  the  Company’s
Board of Directors. We have not historically declared or paid dividends on our common stock.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Our  2005  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended,  provides  for  the  granting  of  incentive  stock  options,  non-statutory  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  stock
appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16,
2013  as  an  award  of  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance  shares  or  performance  units  (“full  value  awards”)  are  counted  against  the
authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (1 9/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as
one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. 
As of December 31, 2023, the 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, has a total reserve of 32,168,895 shares for issuance of which 4,796,559 shares are
available for issuance. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-
based compensation plans.
Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based  compensation  related  to  our  stock-based  awards  and  employee  stock  purchase  plan  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and
2021 is as follows (in thousands):
80
 
Cost of net revenues
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total stock-based compensation
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
7,462  $
115,992 
30,572 
154,026  $
6,438  $
103,134 
23,795 
133,367  $
5,633 
90,659 
18,044 
114,336 
The income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation was $17.1 million, $14.9 million and $13.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)
The fair value of RSUs is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant. RSUs granted generally vest over a period of four years. A summary
for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:
Unvested as of December 31, 2022
Granted
Vested and released
Forfeited
Unvested as of December 31, 2023
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Number of Shares
Underlying RSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
427.23 
316.16 
376.41 
386.66 
489  $
509 
(201)
(61)
736  $
367.63 
1.4 $
201,789 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the
last trading day of fiscal year 2023 by the number of unvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and
released as of the last trading day of fiscal year 2023. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2023, of the 201,358
shares vested and released, 61,267 shares were withheld for employee statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 140,091 shares.
The  total  fair  value  of  RSUs  vested  as  of  their  respective  vesting  dates  during  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $63.0  million,  $93.7  million  and  $158.8
million,  respectively.  The  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  RSUs  granted  during  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $316.16,  $469.12  and  $600.10,
respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we expect to recognize $174.3 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related
to RSUs over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.
Market Based Restricted Stock Units (“MSUs”)
We grant MSUs to members of senior management. Each MSU represents the right to one share of our common stock. The actual number of MSUs
which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of our stock price relative to the performance of a stock market index over the vesting
period. MSUs vest over a period of three years and the maximum number eligible to vest in the future is 250% of the MSUs initially granted.
The following table summarizes MSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
Unvested as of December 31, 2022
Granted
Vested and released
Forfeited
Unvested as of December 31, 2023
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Number of Shares
Underlying MSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
725.73 
629.53 
392.67 
423.87 
144  $
82 
(25)
(43)
158  $
811.06 
1.4 $
43,197 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the
last trading day of 2023 by the number of unvested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released as of
the last trading day of 2023. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair
81
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market  value  of  our  stock.  During  2023,  of  the  24,578  shares  vested  and  released,  10,480  shares  were  withheld  for  employee  statutory  tax  obligations,
resulting in a net issuance of 14,098 shares.
The  total  fair  value  of  MSUs  vested  as  of  their  respective  vesting  dates  during  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $7.8  million,  $64.0  million  and  $135.6
million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we expect to recognize $47.5 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures,
related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.
The  fair  value  of  MSUs  is  estimated  at  the  grant  date  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  that  includes  factors  for  market  conditions.  The  weighted
average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows: 
Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date
Restricted Stock Units with Performance Conditions (“PSUs”)
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
3.0
59.1 %
4.3 %
— 
629.53 
$
3.0
53.8 %
1.7 %
— 
915.22 
$
3.0
56.3 %
0.2 %
— 
1,102.09 
$
In the fourth quarter of 2022, we granted PSUs to certain employees which are eligible to vest based on the achievement of project-based milestones
over a term of 2.2 years. Total PSUs granted were 4,728 and the weighted average grant date fair value for the PSUs was $201.63.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)
In  May  2010,  our  stockholders  approved  the  2010  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “2010  Purchase  Plan”)  which  consists  of  consecutive
overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the
lower of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period (grant date) or the end of the purchase period. The 2010
Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board of Directors or its administrator. The 2010 Purchase Plan also allows for purchase rights to
employees outside the U.S. and Canada with six-month offering periods and purchase periods. In May 2021, the 2010 Purchase Plan was amended and
restated to increase the maximum number of shares available for purchase to 4,400,000 shares.
The following table summarizes the ESPP shares issued:
Number of shares issued (in thousands)
Weighted average price
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
114 
234.19  $
86 
305.24  $
131 
195.44 
As of December 31, 2023, 1,995,453 shares remain available for future issuance.
The  fair  value  of  the  option  component  of  the  2010  Purchase  Plan  shares  was  estimated  at  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing
model with the following weighted average assumptions:
Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Weighted average fair value at grant date
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
1.2
56.4 %
4.9 %
— 
132.94 
$
1.5
50.2 %
1.8 %
— 
159.44 
$
1.1
52.7 %
0.1 %
— 
246.84 
$
We recognized stock-based compensation related to our employee stock purchase plan of $20.5 million, $23.5 million and $12.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we expect to recognize $6.8 million of total unamortized compensation
costs related to future employee stock purchases over a weighted average period of 0.6 years.
82
 
 
 
  
Note 10. Common Stock Repurchase Programs
In May 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock (“May 2021 Repurchase Program”). As
of December 31, 2023, the authorization under the May 2021 Repurchase program was completed. In January 2023, our Board of Directors authorized a
new plan to repurchase to $1.0 billion of our common stock (“January 2023 Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2023, we have $650.0 million
available for repurchases under the January 2023 Repurchase Program.
Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements (“ASRs”)
We  entered  into  ASRs  providing  for  the  repurchase  of  our  common  stock  based  on  the  volume-weighted  average  price  during  the  term  of  the
agreement, less an agreed upon discount. Under the terms of each ASR, the financial institution may be required to deliver additional shares of common
stock at final settlement or, under certain circumstances, we may be required at our election, to either deliver shares or make a cash payment to the financial
institution. The ASRs limit the number of shares we would be required to deliver.
The following table summarizes the information regarding repurchases of our common stock under ASRs for the year ended December 31, 2023 and
2022:
Agreement
 Date
Q2 2022
Q4 2022
Q1 2023
Q4 2023
Repurchase
 Program
May 2021
May 2021
May 2021
January 2023
$
$
$
$
Amount Paid 
(in millions)
200.0 
200.0 
250.0 
250.0 
Completion
Date
Q2 2022
Q1 2023
Q1 2023
1
N/A
Total Shares
Received
Average Price per
Share
756,502  $
984,714  $
805,908  $
1,049,538  $
264.37 
203.10 
310.21 
190.56 
1 
As of December 31, 2023, this ASR contract was open. Approximately 20% or $50 million of the Amount Paid was recorded as an equity forward contract within
“Additional paid-in capital” in our Statement of Stockholders Equity. The Average price per share in the table is based on $200 million and 1.05 million shares
initially delivered. On January 30, 2024 this ASR contract was settled and an additional 36,796 shares were delivered and retired. The average purchase price per
share for the completed contract was $230.13 per share.
Open Market Common Stock Repurchases
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock at an average
price of $214.81 per share, including commissions and fees, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $100.0 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.1 million shares of our common stock at an average
price of $522.61 per share, including commissions and fees, for an aggregate purchase price of $75.0 million.
Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans
We have defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees which covers substantially
all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax
basis. We match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation. We contributed approximately
$9.5  million,  $10.0  million  and  $8.5  million  to  the  401(k)  plan  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  We  also  have
defined contribution retirement plans outside of the U.S. to which we contributed $55.1 million, $54.5 million and $42.3 million during the year ended
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Note 12. Income Taxes
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
83
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
Foreign
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
315,643  $
325,561 
641,204  $
268,097  $
330,960 
599,057  $
378,478 
633,945 
1,012,423 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
Federal
Current
Deferred
State
Current
Deferred
Foreign
Current
Deferred
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
134,332  $
(16,805)
117,527 
28,535 
(3,157)
25,378 
51,306 
1,940 
53,246 
196,151  $
188,050  $
(55,579)
132,471 
34,621 
(12,265)
22,356 
56,537 
26,120 
82,657 
237,484  $
157,383 
(25,598)
131,785 
28,365 
(5,860)
22,505 
42,681 
43,432 
86,113 
240,403 
The  differences  between  income  taxes  using  the  federal  statutory  income  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021  and  our
effective tax rates are as follows: 
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
U.S. tax on foreign earnings
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates
Stock-based compensation
Settlement on audits
Change in valuation allowance
Other items not individually material
Effective tax rate
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
21.0 %
2.9 
3.7 
1.4 
3.0 
0.1 
(1.3)
(0.2)
30.6 %
21.0 %
3.7 
5.6 
3.3 
2.1 
1.9 
1.7 
0.3 
39.6 %
21.0 %
2.2 
2.5 
(2.0)
(0.3)
— 
1.1 
(0.8)
23.7 %
We  intend  to  reinvest  our  foreign  subsidiary  earnings  indefinitely  outside  of  the  U.S.  and  do  not  expect  to  incur  significant  additional  costs  upon
repatriation of these foreign earnings.
84
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards
Reserves and accruals
Stock-based compensation
Deferred revenue
Capitalized research & development
Amortizable tax basis in intangibles
Other
Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization
Acquisition-related intangibles
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
December 31,
2023
2022
$
1,389  $
62,891 
25,054 
142,082 
41,505 
1,325,236 
13,228 
1,611,385 
(14,991)
1,596,394 
7,814 
25,097 
3,570 
36,481 
1,559,913 
15,380 
32,759 
19,469 
117,039 
54,293 
1,350,434 
16,645 
1,606,019 
(23,286)
1,582,733 
11,407 
26,008 
3,438 
40,853 
1,541,880 
The available positive evidence at December 31, 2023 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most
of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2023, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with
the exception of certain interest expense carryovers, capital loss carryovers and unrealized translation losses as we are unable to forecast sufficient future
profits to realize these deferred tax assets. The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2023 was $15.0 million. During the year ended December 31,
2023, the valuation allowance decreased by $8.3 million primarily due to the deferred tax assets on certain interest expense, net operating loss carryovers,
and unrealized translation losses from our German subsidiaries.
As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $3.7  million,  attributed  mainly  to  losses  in  China,
Russia, and Germany. The losses in Germany can be carried forward indefinitely. The operating loss carryforwards in China and Russia, if not utilized, will
expire beginning 2028 and 2033, respectively.
The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and
2021, are as follows (in thousands):
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1,
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior year
Decreases related to tax positions taken during a prior year
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations
Decreases related to settlement with tax authorities
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
141,560  $
8,616 
5,647 
(533)
(3,654)
(2,464)
149,172  $
63,295  $
84,249 
15,411 
(2,647)
(4,582)
(14,166)
141,560  $
46,320 
27,710 
5,471 
(5,804)
(8,986)
(1,416)
63,295 
The  total  amount  of  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  December  31,  2023  was  $149.2  million,  of  which  $140.0  million  would  impact  our
effective tax rate if recognized.
We  file  U.S.  federal,  U.S.  state,  and  non-U.S.  income  tax  returns.  Our  major  tax  jurisdictions  include  U.S.  federal,  the  State  of  California  and
Switzerland. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2017 and 2019, respectively. With few
exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by other foreign tax authorities for years before 2016.
85
 
 
We  have  elected  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  a  component  of  income  taxes.  Interest  and  penalties
included in tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 as well as accrued as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were not material.
While we defend income tax audits in various jurisdictions and the results of such audits may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year, we
cannot currently ascertain the bases on which any given audit will be ultimately resolved. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate the range of possible
adjustments to our balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.
Note 13. Net Income per Share
Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net
income  per  share  is  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock,  adjusted  for  any  dilutive  effect  of  potential  common
stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes RSUs, MSUs, PSUs and our ESPP.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share
amounts): 
Numerator:
Net income
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
Dilutive effect of potential common stock
Total shares, diluted
Net income per share, basic
Net income per share, diluted
Anti-dilutive potential common shares 
1
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
445,053  $
361,573  $
772,020 
76,426 
142 
76,568 
5.82  $
5.81  $
293 
78,190 
230 
78,420 
4.62  $
4.61  $
320 
78,917 
753 
79,670 
9.78 
9.69 
1 
1
    Represents stock-based awards not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Note 14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands): 
Taxes paid
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities
Final settlement of prior year stock repurchase forward contract
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases
$
$
$
$
$
Note 15. Segments and Geographical Information
Segment Information
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
294,569  $
231,884  $
203,309 
32,280  $
40,000  $
35,767  $
—  $
33,714  $
31,015  $
27,901  $
34,144  $
64,135 
— 
29,769 
68,463 
We report segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by our Chief
Operating Decision Maker for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for
86
 
 
 
 
determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues, gross profit and income from operations.
Income from operations for each segment includes all geographic revenues, related cost of net revenues and operating expenses directly attributable to the
reportable  segment.  Certain  operating  expenses  are  not  directly  attributable  to  a  reportable  segment  and  must  be  allocated.  Each  allocation  is  measured
differently based on the nature of the cost being allocated. Certain other operating expense are not specifically allocated to segment income from operations
and  generally  include  various  corporate  expenses  such  as  stock-based  compensation  and  costs  related  to  IT,  facilities,  human  resources,  accounting  and
finance, legal and regulatory, other separately managed general and administrative costs outside the reportable segments and restructuring costs. We group
our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”) segment.
Summarized financial information by segment is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
Net revenues
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Total net revenues
Gross profit
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Total gross profit
Income from operations
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Unallocated corporate expenses
Total income from operations
Stock-based compensation
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Unallocated corporate expenses
Total stock-based compensation
Depreciation and amortization
Clear Aligner
Systems and Services
Unallocated corporate expenses
Total depreciation and amortization
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,199,329  $
662,931 
3,862,260  $
2,288,038  $
418,825 
2,706,863  $
1,182,257  $
191,355 
(730,274)
643,338  $
13,963  $
1,293 
138,770 
154,026  $
64,781  $
31,518 
46,102 
142,401  $
3,072,585  $
662,050 
3,734,635  $
2,228,170  $
405,605 
2,633,775  $
1,134,420  $
179,765 
(671,590)
642,595  $
14,816  $
994 
117,557 
133,367  $
57,888  $
28,300 
39,605 
125,793  $
3,247,080 
705,504 
3,952,584 
2,474,373 
460,982 
2,935,355 
1,325,866 
259,127 
(608,593)
976,400 
10,648 
705 
102,983 
114,336 
50,723 
21,581 
36,425 
108,729 
The following table reconciles total segment income from operations in the table above to net income before provision for (benefit from) income
taxes (in thousands):
Total segment income from operations
Unallocated corporate expenses
Total income from operations
Interest income
Other income (expense), net
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
1,373,612  $
(730,274)
643,338 
17,258 
(19,392)
641,204  $
1,314,185  $
(671,590)
642,595 
5,367 
(48,905)
599,057  $
1,584,993 
(608,593)
976,400 
3,103 
32,920 
1,012,423 
Our Chief Operating Decision Maker does not regularly review total assets at the reportable segment level; however, we have provided geographical
information related to our long-lived assets below.
Geographical Information
87
 
Net revenues are presented below by geographic area (in thousands): 
Net revenues :
 1
U.S.
Switzerland
Other International
Total net revenues
Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
1,665,925  $
1,168,320 
1,028,015 
3,862,260  $
1,660,045  $
1,216,094 
858,496 
3,734,635  $
1,724,296 
1,353,229 
875,059 
3,952,584 
1
    Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of where revenues are recognized by our legal entities.
Long-lived assets, which includes Property, plant and equipment, net, and Operating lease right-of-use assets, net, are presented below by geographic
area (in thousands):
1
Long-lived assets  :
Switzerland
U.S.
Other International
Total long-lived assets
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
575,432  $
210,275 
623,155 
1,408,862  $
532,921 
214,804 
603,010 
1,350,735 
1
    Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on the location of our entity that owns or leases the assets.
Note 16. Restructuring and Other Charges
Restructuring Activities
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we initiated a restructuring plan to increase efficiencies across the organization which is expected to be completed
in the first half of 2024. We incurred approximately $14.0 million in restructuring expenses, of which $0.7 million was recorded in Cost of net revenues
and $13.3 million was recorded in Restructuring and other charges.
Activity related to the restructuring liabilities associated with our restructuring initiatives consist of the following (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Restructuring charges
Cash payments
Non-cash charges
1
Balance as of December 31, 2022 
Restructuring charges
Cash payments
1
Balance as of December 31, 2023 
1
    Included in “Accrued liabilities” within our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
Cubicure GmbH Acquisition
Severance and related costs
$
—  $
8,723 
(4,807)
— 
3,916 
13,989 
(12,606)
$
5,299  $
Impairment Charges
Total
—  $
1,453  $
—  $
(1,453) $
— 
— 
— 
—  $
— 
10,176 
(4,807)
(1,453)
3,916 
13,989 
(12,606)
5,299 
The Company had a pre-existing ownership interest of approximately nine percent in privately-held Cubicure GmbH (“Cubicure”), a pioneer in direct
3D printing solutions for polymer additive manufacturing that develops, produces, and distributes innovative materials, equipment, and processes for novel
3D  printing  solutions.  On  January  2,  2024,  we  acquired  the  remaining  ninety-one  percent  of  Cubicure’s  outstanding  equity  interest  for  approximately
$87  million  subject  to  final  closing  adjustments  and  adjustments  for  Align’s  existing  ownership  of  capital  stock  of  Cubicure.  The  purchase  price  was
funded with cash on hand. The acquisition of Cubicure will support and scale our strategic innovation roadmap and strengthen the Align
88
 
 
 
 
Digital Platform. Cubicure will also extend and scale Align’s printing, materials, and manufacturing capabilities for our 3D printed product portfolio.
We are currently evaluating the purchase price allocation. It is not practicable to disclose the preliminary purchase price allocation, given the short
period of time between the acquisition date and the issuance of these consolidated financial statements.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we have
evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures are effective as of December 31, 2023 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file
or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.
Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.
See “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected,
or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer, as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act, adopted or terminated a
“Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” each as defined in Regulation S-K Item 408.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
None.
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K because we intend to file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and
certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The  information  required  by  Item  401  of  Regulation  S-K  concerning  our  directors  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the
section  captioned  “Directors.”  The  information  required  by  Item  401  of  Regulation  S-K  concerning  our  executive  officers  is  set  forth  in  Item  1—
“Business”  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K. The  information  required  by  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  section
entitled “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” contained in
89
 
the Proxy Statement. The information required by Item 407(c)(3), 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy
Statement under the section entitled “Corporate Governance”.
Code of Ethics
We have a code of ethics (which we call our Global Code of Conduct) that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer,
principal  financial  officer  and  controller.  Our  Global  Code  of  Conduct  is  posted  on  the  investor  relations  portion  of  our  website  at
http://investor.aligntech.com within the section captioned “Corporate Governance”.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of
ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Select
Market.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Executive
Compensation - Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) is incorporated by reference to the Proxy
Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance - Committee Responsibilities and Oversight - Compensation and Human Capital Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation and Human Capital Committee of the Board Report,” respectively.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2023  about  our  common  stock  that  may  be  issued  upon  the  awards  granted  to
employees,  consultants  or  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  under  all  existing  equity  compensation  plans,  including  the  2005  Incentive  Plan  and  the
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), each as amended, and certain individual arrangements (Refer to Note 9 "Stockholders’ Equity” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our equity compensation plans).
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders
Total
Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding
options and restricted stock units
(a)
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options (b)
Number of securities remaining available for
future issuance under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities reflected in column
(a))
898,838 
1
— 
898,838 
$
$
— 
— 
— 
7,241,323 
2, 3
— 
7,241,323 
1
    Includes 741,185 RSUs and 157,653 MSUs at 100% of target
2
    Includes 1,995,453 shares available for issuance under our ESPP. We are unable to ascertain with specificity the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of
outstanding rights or the weighted average exercise price of outstanding rights under the ESPP.
3
    Includes additional 449,311 of potentially issuable MSUs above target if performance targets are achieved at maximum payout of 250% (in addition to the reserve
for one and nine-tenths (1 9/10) shares for every one (1) issuable share against the authorized share reserve)
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The  information  required  by  Item  404  and  Item  407  of  Regulation  S-K  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  sections
captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—Board Structure and Independence,” respectively.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
90
The  information  required  by  Item  9(e)  of  Schedule  14A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy
Statement under the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants.”
91
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
Financial Statements
1.
Consolidated financial statements
PART IV
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
54
56
57
58
59
60
61
2.
The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
(Reductions)
to Costs and
Expenses
Write
 Offs
Balance at
End of Period
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Year Ended December 31, 2023
$
$
$
$
$
$
(in thousands)
2,814  $
4,102  $
8,002  $
11,613  $
10,348  $
(8,295) $
(3,808) $
(3,004) $
(3,452) $
—  $
—  $
—  $
9,245 
10,343 
14,893 
12,938 
23,286 
14,991 
10,239  $
9,245  $
10,343  $
1,325  $
12,938  $
23,286  $
92
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant
3.1A
3.1B
3.2
4.1
4.2
10.1A†
10.2†
10.3†
10.3A†
10.4†
10.5†
10.6†
10.7†
10.8†
10.9†
10.10†
10.11†
10.11A†
10.12†
10.12A†
10.13†
10.14†
10.15†
10.16†
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant
Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate
Description of the Capital Stock of registrant
Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated as
of May 19, 2021)
Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended and restated May 2023)
Form of RSU agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (Officer Form
for officers appointed after September 2016)
Form of RSU agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (Officer Form
for officers appointed prior to September 2016)
Form of RSU agreement (CEO)
Form of RSU agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (Non-employee
Director Form)
Align 2019 Global RSU Agreement
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive
Plan (CEO Form)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive
Plan (Executive Officer Form for officers appointed after September 2016)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive
Plan (Executive Officer Form for officers appointed prior to September 2016)
Form of option award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Officer Form for MSU awards granted in 2019, 2020 and 2022 to officers
appointed after September 2016)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Officer Form for MSU awards granted in 2019, 2020 and 2022 to officers
appointed prior to September 2016)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Officer Form for MSU awards granted in 2021 to officers appointed after
September 2016)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Officer Form for MSU awards granted in 2021 to officers appointed prior to
September 2016)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement for CEO (Focal grants)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(CEO Form)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Executive Officer Form for officers appointed after September 2016)
Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement under Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan
(Executive Officer Form for officers appointed prior to September 2016)
93
Exhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
3.1
Filed
herewith
3.01
3.1B
3.1
4.1
4.2
10.1
10.1
10.3
Form
S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-49932)
8-K
Date
12/28/2000
5/20/2016
10-Q
8/4/2023
8-K
S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-49932)
10-K
8-K
8-K
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
1/17/2024
1/17/2001
2/28/2020
5/20/2021
5/18/2023
2/28/2020
2/28/2020
10.3A
2/28/2020
2/28/2020
2/28/2019
5/5/2023
5/5/2023
5/5/2023
8/4/2005
2/28/2020
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.8
2/28/2020
10.8A
2/26/2021
10.9
2/26/2021
10.9A
2/28/2020
5/5/2023
5/5/2023
5/5/2023
10.9
10.4
10.5
10.6
Exhibit
Number
Description
10.17†
10.18†
10.19†
10.20†
10.21†
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32
97.1
Form of Employment Agreement entered into by and between registrant and
each executive officer (other than CEO for executives appointed prior to
September 2016)
Form of Employment Agreement entered into by and between registrant and
each executive officer (other than CEO for executives appointed after
September 2016)
Amended and Restated Chief Executive Officer Employment Agreement
between Align Technology, Inc. and Joseph Hogan
Employment Agreement between registrant and John F. Morici (Chief Financial
Officer)
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between registrant and its Board of
Directors and its executive officers
Sale and Purchase Agreement between CETP III Ivory S.a.r.l., and Align
Technology, Inc. and its indirect wholly owned German subsidiary, mertus
602.GmbH, dated March 3, 2020
Credit Agreement between Align Technology, Inc. and the lenders party thereto
from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, dated July 21,
2020
First Amendment, dated April 21, 2022, to Credit Agreement between Align
Technology, Inc. and the lenders party thereto from time to time and Citibank,
N.A., as administrative agent, dated July 21, 2020
Second Amendment, dated December 23, 2022, to Credit Agreement between
Align Technology, Inc. and the lenders party thereto from time to time and
Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, dated July 21, 2020
Fixed Dollar Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction between Citibank, N.A
and Align Technology, Inc. dated October 26, 2023
Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2023 between Align Technology,
Inc. and Heartland Dental Holding Corporation
Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2023 by and among Heartland
Dental Holding Corporation, Heartland Dental Topco, LLC, KKR Core Holding
Company LLC, KKR Partners IV L.P., any Sponsor Group Permitted Transferee
as defined in the Agreement and Align Technology, Inc.
Side Letter, dated as of April 24, 2023 by and among Heartland Dental Holding
Corporation, Heartland Dental Topco, LLC, KKR Core Holding Company LLC,
KKR Partners IV L.P., any Sponsor Group Permitted Transferee as defined in
the Stockholders' Agreement and Align Technology, Inc.
Share Purchase Agreement, dated September 1, 2023, between Align Holdings
GMBH, Align Technology Switzerland GMBH and the Sellers provided therein
Subsidiaries of Align Technology, Inc.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-
14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2003
Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-
14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2003
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2003
Clawback Policy
94
Filed
herewith
Exhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
10.3
Date
5/8/2008
2/28/2017
10.8
5/1/2015
11/8/2016
1/17/2001
5/5/2020
10.30
10.2
10.15
10.1
Form
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
S-1 as amended (File
No. 333-49932)
10-Q
10-Q
10/30/2020
10.1
10-K
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
2/27/2023
10.18
2/27/2023
10.19
8/4/23
8/4/23
10.1
10.2
10-Q
8/4/23
10.3
10-Q
11/3/23
10.1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Exhibit
Number
101.INS
Description
Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline
XBRL document).
101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in
Exhibit 101)
Form
Date
Exhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
Filed
herewith
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
__________________________________ 
**
Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets and asterisks [***], have been omitted because the omitted information is not material and (i) would likely cause
competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed or (ii) is information that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K.
Furnished herewith
†
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
Not applicable.
95
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:
Date:
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN        
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2024
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph M. Hogan or John F. Morici, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power
of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-
fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN
Joseph M. Hogan
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI
John F. Morici
/S/    KEVIN T. CONROY
Kevin T. Conroy
/S/    KEVIN J. DALLAS
Kevin J. Dallas
/S/    JOSEPH LACOB 
Joseph Lacob
/S/    C. RAYMOND LARKIN, JR.     
C. Raymond Larkin, Jr.
/S/    GEORGE J. MORROW    
George J. Morrow
/S/    ANNE M. MYONG      
Anne M. Myong
/S/   MOJDEH POUL
Mojdeh Poul
/S/    ANDREA L. SAIA
Andrea L. Saia
/S/    SUSAN E. SIEGEL 
Susan E. Siegel
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global
Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
96
Date
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
February 28, 2024
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
        Exhibit 10.26
Citibank, N.A.
390 Greenwich Street, 4  Floor New York, NY 10013 Attention:
Equity Derivatives
th
Opening Transaction
To:
Align Technology, Inc.
410 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300
Tempe, Arizona 85281
A/C:
From:
Re:
Date:
Citibank, N.A.
Fixed Dollar Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction
October 26, 2023
Dear Sir/Madam:
The  purpose  of  this  letter  agreement  (this  “Confirmation”)  is  to  confirm  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Transaction  entered  into
between  Citibank,  N.A.  (“Dealer”)  and  Align  Technology,  Inc.  (“Issuer”)  on  the  Trade  Date  specified  below  (the  “Transaction”).  This
confirmation constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.
The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (as published by the International Swaps
and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”)) (the “Equity Definitions”) are incorporated into this Confirmation. The Transaction is a Share
Forward Transaction for purposes of the Equity Definitions. Any reference to a currency shall have the meaning contained in Section 1.7 of
the 2006 ISDA Definitions, as published by ISDA.
1.
This Confirmation evidences a complete and binding agreement between Dealer and Issuer as to the terms of the Transaction
to which this Confirmation relates and shall supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral communications with respect thereto. This
Confirmation shall be subject to an agreement (the “Agreement”) in the form of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement as if Dealer and Issuer had
executed an agreement in such form without any Schedule but with the elections set forth in this Confirmation (and (1) the election of USD
as the Termination Currency, (2) the election that subparagraph
(ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to the Transactions and (3) the election that the “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) shall apply
to Dealer, with a “Threshold Amount” of 3% of Dealer shareholders’ equity for Dealer (provided that (a) the phrase “or becoming capable at
such time of being declared” shall be deleted from clause (1) of such Section 5(a)(vi) of the Agreement and (b) the following sentence shall
be added to the end thereof: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default hereunder shall not constitute an Event of Default if (i) the default was
caused  solely  by  error  or  omission  of  an  administrative  or  operational  nature;  (ii)  funds  were  available  to  enable  the  party  to  make  the
payment when due; and (iii) the payment is made within two Local Business Days of such party’s receipt of written notice of its failure to
pay)”.
The Transaction shall be the only transaction under the Agreement. If there exists any ISDA Master Agreement between Dealer and
Issuer or any confirmation or other agreement between Dealer and Issuer pursuant to which an ISDA Master Agreement is deemed to exist
between Dealer and Issuer, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in such ISDA Master Agreement, such confirmation or agreement
or any other agreement to which Dealer and Issuer are parties, the Transaction shall not be considered a
Page 2
transaction under, or otherwise governed by, such existing or deemed to be existing ISDA Master Agreement.
If there is any inconsistency between the Agreement, this Confirmation and the Equity Definitions, the following will prevail for
purposes of the Transaction in the order of precedence indicated:
(i) this Master Confirmation; (ii) the Equity Definitions; and (iii) the Agreement.
2.
The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:
GENERAL TERMS:
Trade Date:    As specified in Schedule I
Buyer:    Issuer
Seller:    Dealer
Shares:    Common Stock, par value USD 0.0001 per share, of Issuer (Ticker: ALGN)
Forward  Price:       A  price  per  Share  (as  determined  by  the  Calculation  Agent)  equal  to  the  greater  of  (A)  (i)  the  arithmetic  mean  (not  a
weighted  average,  subject  to  “Market  Disruption  Event”  below)  of  the  10b-18  VWAP  on  each
Observation Date that is a Trading Day during the Calculation Period minus (ii) the Discount and
(B) $5.00.
Discount:    As specified in Schedule I
10b-18 VWAP:    On any Trading Day, a price per Share equal to the volume- weighted average price of the Rule 10b-18 eligible trades in the
Shares for the entirety of such Trading Day as determined by the Calculation Agent by reference
to the screen entitled “ALGN
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above